Skylab 4 PAO Mission Commentary 20 of 32

SL-IV MCI900/I
TIME: 10:41 CDT, 55:15:41 GMT

i/9/74
PAO Skylab Control at 15:41 Greenwich mean

time. We're now about a minute and a half from acquisition
of signal through the tracking station at Texas. This pass
through Texas, Merritt Island, and Bermuda will last about
15 minutes. An Earth resources project is about to begin.
The pass begins at 15:43, about 500 miles to the southwest
of the coast of Central America, and it concludes over the
English channel. We'll bring the line up live now for
air-to-ground as the space station crosses along track 28.
PLT We're in business.
CDR MARK. 42:30 EREP start.
CDR Somewhere along the line EREP start switch
got left on.
CC Houston's with you Skylab.
CDR Roger.
CDR Coming up on 43:00.
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER is ON at 43:02.
PLT Okay, I got one of the three volcanoes.
PLT - - back on.
CDR Next mark's at 43:37.
CDR Stand by.
CDR MARK. 192 MODE to READY.
CDR Next one's at 43:43.
CDR MARK.
PLT Got a cloud - -
CDR 190 MODE to AUTO.
PLT Track it down to 50 degrees then I'ii
see if I can get one of the other ones. (garble) back on
now.
PLT Ah, yeah.
PLT I'm getting them, I don't know which
ones they are.
CDR DAC off.
PLT I think I got - -
CDR Next mark is 45:00.
PLT 566 and 567.
CDR Stand by.
CDR MARK. S192 MODE to CHECK.
CDR 45:06, stand by.
CDR MARK. 191 reference to 2. 45:30 next.
PLT Okay, I'm almost sure I got 566 and the last
one was either 567 or Saint Crlstobel. I think it was San
Cristobel because there were about three craters in a row left
to right.
CDR Stand by - -
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER goning to STANDBY at
45:30. Setting up MODE 5 for an S190 red out - ready out at
49:40.
CDR MARK. Out at 40 45:41.
SL-IV MC1900/2
TIME: 10:41 CDT, 55:15:41 GMT
1/9/74
CDR At 46, ALTIMETER is coming on.

CDR MARK. 190 MODE to STANDBY. Frames
to 39; shutter speed, fast.
CDR Okay, we need a VTS AUTO CAL, Bill,
at 46:16.
PLT Okay.
CC Jerry, really quickly right after this
AUTO CAL I'm going to need to talk to you about a real
quick pad change to save us some data here.
CDR Okay.
CDR MARK. Go ahead.
PLT Is that the AUTO CAL?
CDR Yeah.
PLT Okay. You may be about 2 seconds late.
CC Okay, real quick, Jerry. And I'ii help
you on this upcoming time at 48:06 to not get lost. Down
the pad right after 55 - correction, right before the
55:37 entry for S190, I want you to write in S190 shutter
speed to medium.
CDR Right before 55:37, huh?
CC That's correct.
CDR All right.
CC And, I've got one more for you at 16:02.
That's just before the entry at 03:50, 192 MODE to READY.
I want you to write in S190 shutter speed to slow.
CDR 16:02 right before what?
CC It's it's at a time of 16:02:00 S190
shutter speed slow.
CDR Okay, 16:02:00 shutter speed, slow.
Meaning that the shutter speed medium is going to be at
30 - 55:37 on the money. Right?
CC That was a mistake, Jerry that I - It
was my fault. The time for the shutter speed to medium is
57:00.
CDR 57:00, okay. Okay, we may have ourselves
a tape problem here, I'm not sure. I found the EREP switch
in start and I haven't got the slightest idea when it got there.
I don't know how long the tape recorder had been running.
Charlie 8 is now reading 46 percent.
CC Okay, you're coming up on 48:06.
CDR Okay. Stand by - -
CDR MARK it. MODE to SINGLE.
CDR Now 48:32 is the next one.
CC Okay, Jerry; thank you very much. That
was a real late catch on a pad error we found that's going
to save us some 190 data. Thank you.
SL-IV MC1900/3
TIME: 10:41 CDT, 55:15:41 GMT
1/9/74
CDR Okay. Coming up on 48:32. Stand by -

CDR MARK. S190 SINGLE again.
CDR All right now, watching for S191 READY
light to come on. Expected around 48:56 to 58.
CDR MARK. It came on at 57. Going to
reference 6. Looking for 49:12. Stand by.
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY; range is 78.
49:37 is the next one. Stand by.
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER ON at 37.
CDR Stand by for 50:32 for special 02.
PLT Or 50:33 for special 02.
CC Roger, and PLT, Houston. One quick note
on that one. The chances are it may be clouded over. If
it is we'd like you to take a uniform cloud area.
PLT Okay. I think we're going to be all right.
Oh, yeah, we're going to be okay, Dick.
PLT Okay, IMC ON (garble) here we go. DAC
on. IMC low. Okay, there's the pushbutton pushed.
PLT (Garble) minus i0 degrees release.
CDR Okay, I've got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK - the
READY light is skill good.
CDR READY light's out now. Okay, I'm going
to go to STANDBY on the ALTIMETER. Now 15 seconds - ALTIMETER
is back on, READY UNLOCK is out and READY light's on.
PLT 52:51 -
PLT MARK. DAC, OFF.
CDR Next mark's at 53:02, stand by.
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY; RADIOMETER
STANDBY. Next mark at 53:14. Stand by.
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER ON; RADIOMETER ON.
Mark at 53:26. Stand by.
CDR MARK. S190 to AUTO.
PLT 53:41 coming up. We have zero up, zero
left/right.
PLT (Garble) I'll just give a data pushbutton
mark here.
PLT Fairly heavy cloud cover intermittent holes
breaking the clouds.
CDR Looks like strata cu.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1901/I
Time: 10:54 CDT 55:15:54 GMT
01/09/74
SPT MARK. S190 to AUTO.

PLT 53:41 coming up. We have ZERO UP and
ZERO LEFT/RIGHT. (Garble) give a data pushbutton mark here.
Okay (garble).
PLT Fairly heavy cloud intermittent holes
breaking the clouds. Looks like strata cu.
PLT Okay, getting some blue water now, at
54:17 and back over the clouds.
CDR Okay, next mark's going to be at 55:37.
37 coming up. Stand by.
CDR MARK. Frame interval on S190 is going
up to 20. Charlie 8's reading 40 percent now. On my mark it'll
be 15:57100, Stand by.
SPT MARK. Shutter speed going to MEDIUM on
S190.
CC Okay, Jerryp thank you much for that one.
We're about to go LOS here in about 20 seconds. Madrid comes
up at 16:01. I_ii call you there,
CDR Okay, we'll see you then, Dick.
CC Okay.
PLT Okay, 57:30 made a slight adjustment. It
had drifted to i degree up, I put it back to zero degrees,
it's also gone from zero right to zero left. Not been a
change on that.
time. Skylab space station is out of range of Bermuda as
the pass continues over a storm center in the mid-Atlantic.
3 minutes to our next acquisition of signal at Madrid where
we_ll have another 8-minute pass. Today the space station
began its Earth resources pass just south of the coast of
Central America over the Pacific Ocean. This is the 21st
full scale Earth resources survey of the current mission.
It will end as the space station crosses the English Channel
just a few minutes from now. Ground track 28/29 crosses
parts of Nicaragua and Honduras, the Caribbean Sea. It passes
Just north of Bermuda over the Atlantic Ocean and parallel
the east coast of the United States for a considerable portion
of its journey. Although studies of central American volcanoes
hot springs, geisers, and lava flows began the pass, most of
today's work is concerned with the oceans and the atmosphere.
A large weather front associated with the low pressure area that's
visible on the TV screens now, began the pass that - that
weather area is about i000 miles from the New England Coast
It's being studied with space station instruments and is
being supported by a research C130 aircraft flying along the
groundtrack beneath Skylab. The C130 followed a course from
Langley Air Force Base outside Hampton, Virginia and will
land at Gander Air Force Base in Newfoundland with data
gathered by its own collection of remote-sensing instruments.
SL-IV MC-1901/2
Time: 10:54 CDT 55:15:54 GMT
01/09/74
An important role for the Skylah Earth resources

experiment package is to test the performance of the four elec-
tronic scanners and seven cameras used on the space station.
An evaluation of the instruments will allow planners to select
the best equipment for future applications of Earth resources
equipment in space. Both in satellites and manned vehicles.
The last-minute update sent up by Dick Truly to the crew
was an update intended to correct some information they put
on the pad. They needed longer exposure times for photographs
of the sea and cloud tops. A change had been made to the
pad when the Earth terrain camera was cancelled and the sIg0A
replaced it but no change had been made to the shutter speed.
That correction was sent up to the crew and gotten in just in
time. We're coming up live now on air-to-ground at Madrid.
We_ll bring the line up.
CC Skylab, Houston's with you for 8 minutes
Madrid.
CDR Roger, Dick.
CDR (Garble) F-2 the shutter speed is slow, it was
0202.
CC Okay. Thank you.
CDR 03:50 is the next mark. (garble) minutes.
Got 35 percent tape remaining. According to Charlie 8.
CC Roger, Jerry and considering we - we had
a whole bundle of tape in the front end of this pass and if
that meter is anywhere near right, we think we're okay for
this pass. We are going to be very interested in a quick
tape measurement from you after this run though, so we'll
know whether or not we have to change out for tomorrow.
CDR Okay.
CDR Okay. Here comes the tape user at 03:50.
Stand by.
CDR MARK. S192 MODE to READY. Shifting
gears on the tape recorder. Boy old Charlie 8 really settles
down and stops waggin_ around as soon as yon get to the high
speed.
CC Roger. Did you get the - -
CDR (Garble) 57 MODE to MANUAL.
CC Okay. (Laughter)
CDR - - got that at 03. Okay. We got a
190 READY out and ALTIMETER to STANDBY, RADIOMETER to STANDBY.
21 RADIOMETER; ON. S190, we're going to set that at STANDBY.
5c06 is coming up next. Stand by.
CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY. 05:12
coming up next. Stand by.
CDR MARK it. 192 to STANDBY.
CDR EREP STOP.
CDR Beat you by a hair.
SL-IV MC-1901/3
Time: 10:54 CDT 55:15:54 GMT
01/09/74
CC Roger. That one looked real good, Jerry,

and incidentally that late that late change I read up to
you in the middle there just turned out that we'd - we were
sending 190 into the sunset at a shutter speed of fast and
we didn't want to do that. It was just an oversight and
sorry we were late but sure appreciate your catching it for
US.
CDR Yeah. Glad we got it.
CDR Okay, let me give you a quick tape measure-
ment here.
CC Okay.
CDR I can give you an estimate before I go
down and get the steel tape.
CC Okay. And, we'd like to have the DAS,
we're going to cycle the heaters on the CMG.
CDR Okay, Bill's clear of the DAS.
CC Okay.
CDR 7/16th of an inch. Let's see what that
turns out to be. That's my guess.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1902/I
Time: 10:06 CDT, 55:16:06 GMT
1/9/74
CDR Beat you by a hair.

CC Roger. That one looked real good, Jerry.
And, incidentally, that late - that change I read up to you
in the middle there, just turned out that we had - we were
sending 190 into the sunset at a shutter speed of fast and
we didn't want to do that. It was just an oversight, and
sorry we were late, but sure appreciate your catching it for
US.
CDR Yeah. Glad we got it.

CDR Okay. Let me give you a quick tape
measurement here.
CC Okay.
CDR I can give you an estimate before I go
down and get the (garble) tape.
CC Okay. And weid like to have the DAS.
We're going to cycle the heaters on the CMG.
CDR Okay. Bill's clear of the DAS.
CC Okay.
CDR 7/16 of an inch. Let's see what that
turns out to be. That's my guess.
CDR Thanks Bill.
CDR (Laughter) Yeah.
CDR (Garble) .2 centimeters, Dick.
CC Okay, Jerry. Thank you very much.
CDR I was a 64th of a - a 32nd of an inch off.
Sorry about that.
CC Eyes gone bad up there.
CDR Yeah.
CDR That's was just the width of my pencil,
that's not the eye.
CC Ah-ha.
CDR The eye is still good. (Laughter)
Pencil's a little sloppy, but the eye is good.
CC I have found just the opposite during
the mission. My pencil works great, but my eyes are going
bad. (Laughter)
CDR (Laughter) Okay. I think I owe you a
reading here. Bravo 7 is 35 percent.
CC Okay. And we're i minute to LOS. Carnarvon
at 16:35.
CDR Okay. We'll see you then.
CC Okay.
CC And, Skylab, I forgot to tell you, but
the DAS is yours,
CDR Okay.
CDR S192 DOOR, CLOSED.
CDR Yeah.
CDR Going off the hot mikes, Dick.
SL-IV MC-1902/2
Time: 10:06 CDT, 55:16:06 GMT
119/74

time. Skylab space station is now over the Balkan Peninsula
out of the range of the tracking antenna at Madrid, 25 min-
utes from our next acquisition at Carnarvon, Australia.
Earth Resources pass in progress during most of that last
pass. That Earth Resources pass, the 21st of the full-scale
pass of the mission, has now been completed. Skylab Control
is now 10-1/2 minutes after the hour. We're 24 minutes from
our next acquisition.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1903/I
Time: 11:34 CDT, 55:16:34 GMT
1/9/74

time. Skylab space station is now 55 seconds from acquisi-
tion at Carnarvon, Australia. Pass will last about 6 minutes.
Bringing the line up live now, for Dick Truly, the spacecraft
communicator. The flight director on duty is Phil Shaffer.
CC Skylab, Houston. Hello at Carnarvon
for 5-1/2 minutes. And a note for the SPT. This pass we're
going to be uplinklng you a personal message from the ATM
guys with some suggestions for this - what to do on this extra
ATM pass you're going to get.
SPT Thank you, Dick.
CC Okay. And also a note for Bill Pogue.
Bill, I have a couple of minor corrections to your details
and Flight Plan, I need to get up anytime the next couple of
hours, so it's no rush at all.
PLT Go ahead, Dick.
CC Okay. Why don't we do the Flight Plan
first, Bill? Down at a time of about 00:40, where it says -
or at 01:00 where it says S183, stow l, we'd like to change
that to a stow 2. And the reason is, is at the time we
uplinked this Flight Plan yesterday, we were considering an
EREP pass in the morning on your day off instead of the
afternoon and now that's been scrubbed, so it changes. We
do not need to stow the AMS. So that changes and the next
one's on your details.
PLT Okay. I got that one. Stand by.
PLT Go ahead with the change of the details.
CC Okay. First of all this is just cleanup.
I don't care if you put it in. You already know it, I think,
but you ought to add in there a time of-19:15, SO63 AST-2,
which is the one you're picking up from Ed. And change the
time of the SO63 CPR-3 to 20:00. And we want to change that
one to a CPR-2. So that'll read 20:00 SO63 CPR-2. And
that changes because since now we're doing them back to back and
we don't have to depressurize the AMS.
PLT Roger.
CC Thank you, Bill.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about 30 seconds
from LOS. Carnarvon comes up 6 minutes from now. I'ii call
you.
PAO Skylab Control now 16:44:38 Greenwich
mean time. Skylab space station is out of range at Carnarvon.
We're about 2-1/2 minutes to acquisition at Honeysuckle.
Separate and rather extensive periods in today's Flight Plan
have been reserved for the SO63 ultraviolet airglow horizon
photography experiment. Just before the Earth survey this
morning, chief scientist, Ed Gibson conducted the first of
two ultraviolet airglow photographic sessions. Gibson took
SL-IV MC-1903/2
Time: 11:34 CST, 55:16:34 GMT
1/9/74
photos in the visible - correction, in the infrared and

ultraviolet light of the Earth's airglow, a phenomenon produced
by chemical reactions in the upper atmosphere. The S063
instrument is also used for a second purpose. It's in fact,
two experiments in one. It's used to study ozone. Ozone
exists in the upper atmosphere, in the atmosphere layers of
the Earth, above the ground surface from a distance of about
9 to 30 miles, with a maximum concentration in the vicinity
of 15 miles above the surface. The distribution of ozone
varies with geographic lo=ation, the seasons and the time
of day. By recording ozone distribution around the world,
using ultraviolet photography, scientists hope they can
provide a new approach for answering questions about the
life-protecting element in the Earth's atmosphere. Ozone
surveys of areas where a great many high-altitude aircraft
fly. The environmental impact of supersonic jets may be
evaluated. That's a task that's virtually impossible without
a thorough understanding of the ozone layer. But today's
operations are photographs of the airglow. The photos taken
today, should reveal information about airglow height snd
intensity over many different latitudes and longitudes.
Both ultraviolet and infrared photos will be taken of the
features seen along the edge of the Earth from the laboratory
airlock, which is used for scientific instruments. Later,
today, astronaut Bill Pogue will use the same camera for yet a
third purpose. The - to photograph the now fading comet Kohoutek.
That will be photographed in the ultraviolet as a means of detect-
ing ultraviolet invisible emission characteristics of several
elements including oxygen, carbon, and the hydroxyl radical
which is believed to be a byproduct of water. That's oxygen
and hydrogen combined. Ultraviolet gear is usually mounted
in the scientific airlock. It will be today, for the three
various uses for - twice for being used on airglow photography
and one used for ultraviolet photography of the comet Kohoutek.
We'll bring the line up live now for air-to-ground at
Honeysuckle pass, lasting about a minute and a half.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1904/I
Time: 11:47 CDT 55:16:47 GMT
1/9/74
PAO Skylab Control at 16:50 Greenwich mean time.

And the Skylab space station has now passed out of range of
Honeysuckle Creek. Our next acquisition is 27-1/2 minutes
away at Texas. At this time the Skylab crew should be moving
on to medical tests as Commander Jerry Cart undergoes the M092
and M093 experiments on his cardiovascular system. That'll
include the limb blood flow experiment to determine the effect
of isometric exercises on resisting the tendency of blood to
pool in the lower body. This will check their ability to with-
stand gravity. It also maintains some sort of a measure of
their general cardiovascular system's functioning. And Science
Pilot Ed Gibson who started his physical training period earlier
today should have concluded by now and should be sitting down
to lunch very shortly. Later this afternoon we have comet
operations on S063 mentioned just a short while ago. And also
an operation this evening using S183 for observing the comet
Kohoutek. The comet has been viewed by very few people on
the ground so far although it has been visible from aircraft.
Generally heavy cloud cover has mady it difficult to see the
comet. However, as the air clears it may be possible to see it
with binoculars during the next few nights. 26 minutes to our
next acquisition of signal. This is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1905/I
Time: 12:16 CDT, 55:17:16 GMT
1/9/74
PAO Skylab Control at 17 hours 16 minutes

Greenwich mean time. The Skylab space station now 56 seconds
from acquisition at Texas. This pass through Texas, about
an ll-mlnute pass. It's followed by overlapping passes at
Merritt Island and Bermuda for 17-1/2 minutes. Skylab Control
we're live now for air,to-ground over the U.S. and Bermuda
stations.
CC Skylab, Houston. Hello, stateside for
16-1/2 minutes. We're going to be dumping the data/voice
recorder here and also we missed our comm at Honeysuckle.
We had aline go down between Honeysuckle and back here.
So sorry, we didn't get to talk to you. We see that we're
on the way back to solar inertial.
SPT Hello, Dick. We heard you over Honeysuckle.
Just broken, however.
CC Okay. And, say, Ed. While you're close
there, we've got a little Flight Plan suggestion for later on
in the afternoon if you'd like to take advantage of it.
SPT Go ahead.
CC If you look at your Summary Flight Plan,
you'll notice that in talking about the period of time between
22:30 Zulu and about 24:45 Zulu, we don't understand in our
own minds why we didn't swap the column that's listed for
Jerry and the column that's listed for you there, which would
have provided you some more ATM time. We think that was an
oversight on our part. And if you guys would like to swap
between you to let you just continue that next ATM pass there, it'd
be okay with us.
SPT Let me see if I've got enough butter
cookies to go down and trade him, And I'ii get back with you.
CC (Laughter) Okay. Either way you guys
would like to do it. It's just a suggestion. Just let us
know.
SPT Thank you, Dick. Appreciate it.
CC Roger. And Jerry would pick up the 183K
maneuvers.
SPT Dick, Jerry and I will go ahead and make
that swap. Thank you for the suggestion.
CC Okay.
CC Skylab, Houston. In about a minute,
if you'd do a split-S (?) you could land at Ellington.
SPT Hew many G's does this thing qualify
for Dick?
CC Not that many, for sure.
SPT It would have to be all on instruments,
Dick.
CC Roger.
SL-IV MC-1905/2
Time: 12:16 CDT, 55:17:16 GMT
1/9/74
SPT Looks like Mississippi's getting some good
thunderstorm. Good line of them runnln_ east-west with a
couple overshooting cloud tops, not very pronounced, however.
CC Hog.
CC Skylab, Houston. We'd like to have the
DAS for a couple of minutes. Command the outer gimbal back
up.
SPT You've got it.
CC Okay.
SPT Dick, this is kind of a surprise to me,
but of all the places in the whole northeast are relatively
clear, it's good old Buffalo, New York, not a cloud in sight over
the city.
CC Hey, I was just thinking. Back there
talking about hometowns. I was thinking, when you were talking
about thunderstorms, that probably was over mine and your's is
clear.
SPT Dick, where is your hometown.
CC Fayette, Mississippi.
CC Skylab, Houston. The DAS is your's.
SPT Thank you.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about 30 seconds
from LOS. Madrid comes up in 5 minutes. Call you there.
SPT So long, Dick.
time. The Skylab space station is now just to the east of
Newfoundland, out of range of the tracking antenna at Bermuda.
Our next acquisition is about 3 minutes and 40 seconds away
at Madrid. The planet Earth is getting a thorough going
over today, as the Skylab astronauts use their cameras and
electronic instruments to survey volcanoes in Central America
a storm in the north Atlantic and chemical changes that
produce an airglow in the upper regions of the atmosphere.
During a 6300=mile Earth resources survey, this morning,
astronauts, Jerry Carr and Bill Pogue aimed six of Skylab's
cameras and four sensors at sites from the Pacific coast of
Nicaragua to the English Channel. Studies of the data gathered
over Central America, made a lot of scientists predict volcanic
eruptions with far greater active accuracy than is now
possible. Areas where the Earth's inner heat comes very close
to the surface will also be analyzed. A careful study of such
regions may give the world access to a new power source for
generating electricity. A huge storm covering much of the
North Atlantic was scanned by Skylab's electronic instruments
today, as a C-130 aircraft flew close to the storm, which is
producing winds above 50 miles an hour. Skylab gathered
information on changes occurring on the surface of the ocean
and information on the cloud movements overhead. Twice today,
SL-IV MC-1905/3
Time: 12:16 CDT, 55:17:16 GMT
1/9/74
chief scientist, Ed Gibson has photographed chemical reactions

that cause a glow in the upper atmosphere and - that provides
a thin blanket of protection over the Earth. First operation
of that was early this morning. The second is just about
to take place. (Garble) to our acquisition at Madrid. We'll
leave the line up live for air,to-ground. The pass there will
last about 9 minutes.
END OF TAPE
SL--IV MC1906/I
TIME: 12:36 CDT, 55:17:36 GMT
1/9/74
CC Skylab, Houston; hello at Madrid for

9 minutes.
SPT Hello, Dick. We got a CMG SAT and there's
an outer glmbal that's getting a little close to a stop.
CC Okay.
CC SPT, Houston. We're watching it and
we think the gimbal angles are improving. Looks like the
situation's going to stop itself.
SPT Thank you.
PAO Skylab space station returned to solar
inertial during the last pass over the U.S. and these are
some minor changes in the CMG due to that maneuver completion
after the Earth resources pass.
PAO Control moment gyroscopes still performing
well with no anomaly seen in the last couple of days.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're a minute to LOS.
Tananarive at 18:02.
SPT Roger_ Dick.
time. We're now out of signal at Madrid. The space station
is crossing the northern coast of Africa. During that last
pass the crew indicated a little concern that the CMG
saturation had come on which indicated that the CMGs were
goin_ to have to be corrected. They were a little bit
close to one of the stops of the gimbals which would have
meant using a very small amount of TACs gas to bring them
back into the center of the range. However, as the guidance
officer in Mission Control told Dick Truly, the Spacecraft
Communicator, there wasn't any problem. By the time they
had acquisition the CMGs were making their own corrections
to take the space station back into proper attitude after
that solar inertial maneuver was completed over the United
States. The spacecraft now again pointing at the Sun and
the correction completed. No problems with the CMGs visible
so far today, and none yesterday. No anomaly at all, performance
seems to be very much as expected with also very little
TACs gas being used so far. 12 minutes to our next acquisition
of signal. This is Skylab Control at 49=i/2 minutes after
the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1907/I
Time: 13:00 CDT 55:18:00 GMT
1/9/74

time. The Skylab space station is now coming within range of
the tracking antenna at Tananarlve. We'll bring up the line
for the pass through Tananarive lasting about 6 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston, Tananarive for 6 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston, we might have an early
LOS here at Tananarive, Honeysuckle at 18:25.
time. Skylab space station has passed beyond the range of
the antenna at Tananarive. 16-1/2 minutes from our next
acquisition of signal at Honeysuckle. Everything continues
to move smoothly during the pass today. Skylab activities
proceeding as scheduled pretty much with additional ATM time
having already been added to the Flight Plan for today. It
was added at the request of the Science Pilot Ed Gibson who
completed some work this morning much more quickly than the
ground had expected him to be able to do. And that goes along
the lines that Commander Carr had suggested last night that
they'd like to do more ATM passes everyday, more time at solar
observation, if that would be possible. And for this afternoon
or early evening_ Science Pilot Ed Gibson will get yet another
turn at the ATM taking over a pass that was originally planned
for Commander Carr. 15-1/2 minutes to our next acquisition
of signal, and 9 minutes and 15 seconds after the hour. This
is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1908/I
Time: 13:23 CDT 55:18:23 GMT
01/09/74

time. The Skylab space station is coming within range of
the tracking antenna at Honeysuckle. The pass through Honey-
suckle is a very brief one at a relatively low elevation.
It should last only about 2 minutes, but we'll bring the line
up live for Dick Truly, the spacecraft communicator.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS Honeysuckle.
Very short pass, less than a minute. Goldstone comes up
at 18:53. And for the SPT here's a real quick solar update
for yon. Some small surges which began near 26/i point on
the limb at abou_ 15:48 Zulu were acomp - accompanied by weak
centimetric radio emission were probably associated with
returning active region 05. And that active region's now
numbered active region 17.
CDR Thank you, Dick.
CC Roger. See you at Goldstone at 18:53.
time. The Skylab space station is now out of range of
Honeysuckle Creek. 25-1/2 minutes to our next acquisition
at Goldstone. This last pass Dick Truly read up a report
on solar activity, some small surges on the limb of the Sun
on the east limb or the left hand side of the Sun as you look
at it. Probably associated with an old active region seen
during the last active period several weeks ago. That's
now going to be renamed active region 17, that's expected to
rotate into view on the face of the disk in thenext few days.
Skylab Control, it's 28 minutes 15 seconds after the hour.
time. The Skylab space station is now about to be acquired
through the tracking antenna at Goldstone in California. This
pass through Goldstone, Texas, Merritt Island, and Bermuda will
last a very long time_ It's going to be an 18--i/2 minute pass.
We'll bring the line up live now for air-re-ground across the
U.S. and Bermuda stations.
MCC Skylab, Houston with the ATM conference.
Over.
CDR All right, Bill. Go ahead.
MCC Okay, Jerry. How're you doing today?
CDR Just fine, thanks.
MCC Good. We got a couple of comments here
on the Sun and a couple of things on today's observations and
then I'll let you bring up what you want to bring up. The
activity on the east limb that you've noticed on the XUV mon
and so on is active region 05 returning. Right now, it is,
well I shouldn't say, right now, but earlier it was surging
lightly. It has ceased, though we think it will probably
start again in a bit. And, that is now labeled active region
17. Earlier you had given us a very excellent description
of the Sun and Bob MacQueen will talk to you more about that
SL-IV MC-1908/2
Time: 13:23 CDT 55:18:23 GMT
01/09/74
tomorrow. But one of the areas that you've mentioned over

the last several days is a bright point or perhaps an emerging
flux region that's up around 285 at 0.75 radii. That is now
active region 18 and it has a small - a small Sun spot in it.
And, that's about all l've got to add today on the Sun for
you. For today's operations you notice th;_t we've given you
a lot of op - ops time which obviously we're not trying to
duck the issue here on the scheduling, it's a little uncer-
tain as to what the Sun was going to provide for us. We
thought by doing that and giving you the appropriate items
in the shopping list that you would probably do a better
job planning than we would. And, let's see, the extra
time that Ed is doing right now, we'd like to say thanks
from everybody here, the flight planners, the ATM backrcomers,
myself, and everybody. We think it's great the way the last
couple of days you guys have done a little bit extra stuf_
early and freed up some observing time for us here. One
comment that is not in the note that Ed had on the extra ops
if he takes that long 82B exposure off the limb. We believe
that is the last frame of the i01 film. Let's see, one other
comment here. I've got an answer to a question Ed gave us
last night on 54, regarding the consecutive BBI and BB2.
The actual BB2 is for S054. During the building block i,
they take a grating out 256 second sequence as part of their
regular synoptic program and then with the recent change
during the 1 Bravo portion, they take a 17 minute exposure
with the grating in for spectral information. They can
calibrate that 17 minute exposure much better if they have
a regular sequence 256 second sequence with the grating in.
So, in general they request that BB2 and an orbit very close
to but not necessarily the same orbit as the BBI, and that's
the reason for the BB2 in there. It's not really anything
to do with S052. So, maybe you can pass that on to Ed.
CDR Okay, Ed's right here, listening.
MCC Okay, good. I sort of thought that was
the case. And, let's see, the only other thing I've got here
on my list to talk to you about was something you mentioned
last night, you wanted to talk about and that was the ATM
scheduling and the planning, so why don't I - oh - whoops,
one thing here. On the ATM conference message for MD56,
we have a typo here oh, in the words at the beginning
about 2/3rd down, we say near central meridian passage paren
mission day 69 end paren, that's my lousy handwriting being
misinterpreted, that's actually mission day 64. The only
reason I mention that is mission day 69 doesn't appear on
our schedule and mission day 64 does. So, why don't I turn
it to you and let you bring it up how you want to here.
CDR Okay, Bill. I guess I pretty much told
you the story over the air-to-ground a little earlier today,
SL-IV MC-1908/3
Time: 13:23 CDT 55:18:23 GMT
01/09/74
about what the Sun's looking like. Right now, Ed's off the
limb (garble) about there where active region 17's about
ready to come over and we see some faint prominences and
he's doing a little work on that and concerning the ATM
scheduling. We were a bit alarmed last night when we saw
how little ATM Ed had today and how much I had and we didn't
didn't seem to think it didn't appear to us that it was really
necessary, like this one coming up could have very easily
been traded and of course we've done it now. And, considering
the fact this is our last whack at some of these ho_ longitudes
and the opportunity to get some some flare rise, we're
certainly in favor of increasing the AT_ time if we can,
up at least one more rev. It looks like the average for the
next i0 days or so that you sent up look like 6 to 6-1/2
revs per day. And, we kind of think it would be a whole lot
better if we could go for more like 7 or 7-1/2 revs and let's
face it, Ed is the guy who's most creative at the ATM because
this is his bag, and I think that Ed ought to have a minimum
of 4 runs per day and Bill - -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1909/I
TIME: 13:58 CDT, 55:18:58 GMT
1/9/74
CDR - - and, of course, we've done it now.

And considering the fact this is our last whack at some of
these hot longitudes the opportunity to get some flare rise,
we're certainly in favor of increasing the ATM time if we
can up at least one more rev. It looks like the average for
the next i0 days or so that you sent up look like 6 to 6-1/2
revs per day. And we kind of think it would be a whole lot
better if we could go for more like 7 or 7-i/2 revs. And
lets face it, Ed is the guy who's most creative at the ATM
because this is his bag. And I think that Ed ought to have
a minimum of 4 runs per day, and Bill and I will then cleanup
on whatever is left. But anytime it's at all possible to
schedule Ed for this stuff, he's the guy that ought to be
here_ not us.
CC Okay, Jerry, we appreciate the input.
And one thing I'd like to say here is that both you and
Ed, in particular, as the onboard solar physicist ought to
make inputs like this anytime you have thoughts of this nature.
I for one will personally see that it gets into the appropriate
channels to be considered, and I'm sure there's a hundred
people behind me that will back me up if I don't. But anytime
you feel that things are going rigkt, wrong, or however, please
do let us know. We're not very good at guessing what's inside
your mind. We will put your input on the ATM additional
orbits into the science planning meeting tonight to be considered
along with all of the other science that goes into it. In-
cidentally the planning committee obviously does agree with
you and actually did before we sent the message up. We
inadvertently left off some orhits for observing time every_
day, that didn't show up in the schedule you got. So, it
sounds like your bookkeeping and ours is pretty much in line.
CDR Yeah, well that's great. If you got some
extra orbits in for observing time, that's - that's right
down Ed's alley, and I think that's what we ought to have.
MCC That's right. The only difference there
is that's what the ATM world wants. That's not necessarily
yet what the ATM world will get. We have to throw - throw
our requests into the hopper with everyone else and see
what comes out of the science meeting. And we_ll certainly
put your input in and see what we get tonight. Now, on the
question of giving Ed more of the given ATM orbits that we
get, Phil Shaffer is sitting here next to me and he admits
that today _ or actually he wants me to tell you that today
later on in the day was just a flat out flight planning error,
and we'_ll do the best we can to see that that does not happen
again. However, it looks to me like most of the time it's
SL-IV MC1909/2
TIME: 13:58 CDT, 55:18:58 GMT
1/9/74
a problem of constraints that other things are requir -

require the SPT. I've just gotten a list of all the things
for which the SPT is prime and for those for which he is
required. And I'm going to look at that tonight. Make
some suggestions as to how we can change it if that looks
appropriate. Check it over with Vance and Don and see
if from their backup training they donlt concur that the CDR
or the PLT is capable of doing certain things as well, and then
make these inputs into the flight planning group here. And
we'll keep you posted as to how that goes. But hopefully
we'll be able to relax some SPT constraints so that he can
get some more ATM time.
CDR That's a very good idea, Bill.
MCC Okay, and for right now I don't have too
much more to say about that. We'll be putting your inputs
in llke I said along with the ATM planners into the science
planning meeting tonight. And anytime that you have any
feelings that ATM is getting shortchanged or really any
other disicpline for that matter, please don't hesitate to
let us know. Your suggestion on the downlink obviously
gives the appropriate group a little more ammunition
and argument in trying to come up with the best schedule
for the day.
CDR Okay, Bill, we don't mean to sell short
anybody like EREP or any of those other major medicals or
some of those, hut anywhere that shuffling can be done that
can put us in a little better position from the ATM stand-
point, I think we're all for it.
MCC Okay, fine, Jerry. And we'll keep you
up. Tomorrow is Bob MacQueen and he has a total of about
15 minutes air,to-ground time on two different passes to
discuss the active Sun operations with all three of you.
CDR That's great S we look forward to talking
to him.
MCC Okay, fine. And I'ii be talking back
with you again.
MCC Okay, Jerry, sorry about that. We cut
off on a handover there. Bob MACQueen will be talking to you
tomorrow, and I'ii be talking vis ops with you tomorrow.
And I'ii be back with the regular ATM conference with you all
on day after tomorrow then. And if you don't have anything
more to add I'ii turn it back to Dick Truly here and see you
tomorrow.
CDR Okay, Ed's got a real goody to pass on
here in Just a minute. As soon as he can get free.
MCC Fine, we'll be standing here waiting.
SL-IV MC1909/3
TIME: 13:58 CDT, 55:18:58 GMT
1/9/74
SPT Hello, Bill.

MCC Hi, go ahead.
SPT I've been working this region on the
southeast corner and looking at the plage which we have
coming around the corner. We have the first of all the
plage for active region 15 and then some coming around
the corner a little bit beyond that and a little bit lower.
Extending from that plage and in further south in the XUV monitor,
I can see a about a half of a loop, in other words a structure
which is _ - and which is very dlscernable as a - well it Just
appears as a loop. Usually in most all the timing XUV monitor
we see anything on the limb, it's a plage which extends all the
way out. I have never been able to identify anything in
the way of a loop structure and here it's readily apparent
and pretty much in that region in the work we're doing now
and I think on any other subsequent orbits though I can pin-
point (static)
MCC Okay, Ed we just dropped out, we'll have
you again in a minute.
MCC Okay, Ed_ we're back with you here we
had a dropout there and you were describing the XUV mon and
about a half of a loop and subsequent orbits. Go ahead.
CDR Yeah, he's going to try to (static)
work on it in subsequent orbits. It's even I can see the loop
so it's there and it's a real interesting looking little feature.
By the way, Bil Ed wanted me to tell you that we have
345 frames of 82B left, so we got one more to sensitive.
MCC Okay, I'm not sure what the story on
that is and there's an apparent miscount between the ground
and the air and we think you took the last one, but we can
get back with you. And on that SPT working the loop that
he sees, don't forget that we've already said to you much
earlier that anytime you see a situation that in your
estimation Justifies changing our plan, go ahead.
CDR Yeah, I think this is one of those cases and
he's going to do a little concentration on it.
MCC Fine_ just let us know what you do after
you do it then.
CDR Okay.
CC Skylab_ Houston I'm hack with you here,
Bill's still plugged in if you have any other questions for
us - for him. We have about 4_i/2 minutes left here at
Bermuda.
CDR Roger, I don't think we have any more
questions, that about covers the waterfront for today. Or
should I say the solarfront?
CC Okay, Jerry thank you very much. Incidentally
these last few days really have been going well. One thing
SL-IV MC1909/4
TIME: 13:58 CDT, 55:18:58 GMT
1/9/74
that we've noticed quite obviously by the way you guys are
getting ahead, that - that some of the fllght-planning times
that we're using are a little too big and
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1910/I
Time: 14:09 CDT, 55:19:09 GMT
119174
CC - - we have about 4-1/2 minutes left here

at Bermuda.
CDR Roger. I don't think we have any more
questions. That about covers the water front for today. Or
should I say the solar front.
CC Okay, Jerry. Thank you very much.
Incidentally, these last few days really have been going well.
One thing that we've noticed, quite obviously, but - by the
way you guys are getting ahead, that some of the flight planning
times that we're using are a little too big. And so anytime you
feel like that we scheduled too much for a given item, and par-
ticularly when that repeats 2 or 3 times, let us know so we
can chop that down a little bit and get even more efficient.
CDR Will do it.
CC Okay.
CDR Today's M092/93 went at about an hour
and I0 minutes. But we think it was more of an exception.
What have we got scheduled for that right now, do you know?
CC Stand by.
CC CDR, Houston. Our flight-planning times
for 92/93 is an hour and 30 minutes and when we include
the limb blood flow, we add 30 minutes to that for a total of
2 hours.
CC And today was the limb blood flow day
so you've got 2 hours for both you guys on the Flight Plan.
CDR Right. Let's see last week, as I remember,
on an MO92/93, or the week before last, we gave you back
20 minutes on that. And I think if we have an the next
one's as good as this, we'll probably give you back another
15 minutes at least.
CC Okay. Well, it's your call, Jerry.
Anytime on any of these, you think you find slop, let us know
and we'll crank it in.
CDR Okay.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about a minute
from LOS. Madrid comes up at 19:16.
time. The Skylab space station has moved out of range of
Bermuda. We're about 3-1/2 minutes from acquisition at
Madrid. And we'll have the Madrid/Canary Island pass lasting
about 8_i/2 minutes. Bill Lenoir was giving the ATM
conference at the beginning of the U.S. pass. Jerry Cart,
again, repeating that - crew's observation that solar observa-
tions should have as much time as possible while the active
longitudes are in view. The active side of the Sun now ro_
rating back into view for the Skylab crew in their last
pass at the active regions. By the time this pass
SL-IV MC-1910/2
Time: 14:09 CDT, 55:19:09 GMT
1/9/74
of active regions is completed in the next 2 weeks, the

quiet Sun will return and the crew will not again have a
very good opportunity to observe active areas on the Sun's
face and flares and things of that sort. They also reminded
crew that they'd like more time - The crew also reminded
the ground they'd like more time for Ed Gibson to work at
the solar panel. To that Bill Lenoir replied that, Flight
Director Phil Shaffer, said that a flight - flight planning
error had clearly been made today. The evening pass had been
scheduled for Jerry Carrp howeverj there was no reason that
the science pilot couldn't have done the pass equally for
that period of time. And that change was made earlier during
the day to give Gihson that final ATM pass tonight. So that
was an admitted error on the part of the flight director.
However, it has been corrected so Ed Gibson will get an
additional pass. He also added another pass earlier in the
day when he completed some of act - of his activity a little
more quickly than was expected. Gibson, the Skylab science
chief is also a solar physicist and is the author of The
Quiet Sun, which is a NASA textbook which was used for
training of Skylab astronauts. The crew also indicated they
had one frame left of sensitive film on the S082B. That
was the film that was put in for comet observations particularly.
They'll have back - the less sensitive solar film that can
be used for observing the bright areas on the Sun. And
tomorrow a science conference on the ATM will feature an
S052 principal investigator, Robert MacQueen, that experiment,
the white light coronagraph was used extensively for comet
observations is now back to its old Job of looking at the
outer atmosphere of the Sun. States for today's Earth
resources pass_ which covered the North Atlantic Ocean where
a very substantial storm was in prograss indicated a maximum
wave heights of about 35 feet with winds from 45 to 55 knots.
That's up in the area of 60 miles an hour or more for the
maximum winds in that storm which covers several miles of
the Atlantic Ocean. We're about a minute from acquisition
now. We'll leave the line up llve for air-to-ground there,
8-1/2 minute pass.
CC Skylab, Houston. AOS Madrid for 9 minutes.
CDR (Garble) I've about got TV 103 ready to
go. Is there enough VTR time available, today to do it?
CC Stand by, CDR.
CC CDR, Houston. There's about 20 minutes
available to you on the VTR. And our estimate is that that
ought to be more than enough for TY 103. If you could get
through with it before about 23:00, that would help us out
in cleaning it off for tomorrow.
SL-IV MC-1910/3
Time: 14:09 CDT, 55:19:09 GMT
1/9/74
CDR Okay, Dick.

CC Thank you.
SC (Inaudible)
CC Go ahead.
SPT Dick, I missed something before. They
apparently named the new active region 17. Could you give
me the location of that, please?
CC Ed, it's at 26/1.0. It's on the llmb at
26.0.
SPT Thank you.
CC Roger.
SPT Houston, SPT.
CC Yes, sir. Go ahead.
SPT Now_ Dick. Let me describe a little
bit more what we were working this past orbit, and what I
see in the way of the XUV monitor. We were working over the
southeast limb. We got a building block - or shopping list
32,26 and 21 run concurrently, with a couple of 18s in there of gra
of grating auto scans in different positions. But
what we saw on the XUV monitor was coming down from active
region 17, a about a half of a loop and it extends down to
about 200 arc seconds below the region which has diversion
from the bright XUV plage_ and it finally contacts with the
limb there, and I'd say it's radius is something on the order
of a quarter to a third of a sikar radii and it's very
discernible and I figure on subsequent orbits or one orbit
at least. We could point to it and see if we can get some
82B spectra and some good spectra on 55. Then continue
taking some long exposures on the two X-ray instruments.
CC Okay Ed, copy. Let me see if our ATM
guys have any other suggestions for you, and not - we'll get
back to you.
SPT Okay, and we're reading 345 up here.
So far the film counter has been for all purposes up here
anyway, it's very accurate. If we do have 345 then we got
one more i01 film, and we could make good use of it.
CC Roger.
CC And Adam agrees with you he thinks
youtre correct.
SPT Is that on the frame count Dick?
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MCI911/I
Time: 14:22 CDT 55:19:22 GMT
119174
SPT Is that on the frame count Dick?

CC Yeah, that's affirm, that answer was
on the frame count E. He thinks your analysis of that is
right.
SPT Thank you.
CC And SPT, Houston, we've polled the PI's
also they agree with your analysis of what you ought to do
in in the short time future on that half loop and what you
talked about, so they don't have any further suggestions.
We're about a minute and 20 seconds from LOS. Tananarive
comes up at 19:36, see you there.
SPT Thanks very much Dick.
time. Skylab space station is now over the northern part
of Africa. Ten minutes to our next acquisition at Tananarive.
This is Skylab Control at 25 minutes 35 seconds after the
hour.
PAO This is Skylab Control at 19 hours
35 minutes Greenwich mean time. And about a minute away
from regaining contact through Tananarive. And at this time
aboard Skylab two of the three crewmen are getting a late
lunch. Commander Jerry Carr and Pilot Bill Pogue are getting
lunch now. That was not scheduled earlier because of the
M092/M093 lower body negative pressure experiment with the
limb blood flow activity also. And the - the two crewmen
completed that medical experiment before being scheduled
for - for their lunch. For Science Pilot, Ed Gibsonp he
should be in the process of troubleshooting the M133 sleep
monitoring experiment and changing out the data tape for that
experiment.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're at Tananarive for
7 minutes.
CC CDR, Houston, if you have a minute.
CDR Try it Dick.
CC Roger, Jerry. And before I start we're
about a minute from LOS, Honeysuckle at 20:01. Yesterday
there was a conversation about TV-101. And we told you to
use the VTR if you did it at all. And we noticed that the
VTR use didn't come off yesterday. We're considering
scheduling TV_I01 for the SPT on day 57 which is a couple
of days from now. But we didn't want to put it on there for
sure until we knew y_all were ready. And there was a little
confusion on our part as to whether or not you were ready
for that one or not.
CDR Okay stand by just a second.
CC Okay, and if we dropout there is no
SL-IV MC1911/2
Time: 14:22 CDT 55L19:22 GMT
119174
hurry on this, anytime this afternoon if you'll just let

us know.
CDR Okay, Ed.
CDR Okay, Dick go ahead and schedule it for
day 57.
CC Okay Jerry, thank you very much. Will
do.
PAO And that's all through Tananarive.
That'll be our last Tananarive pass of the day. And the
next station to acquire Skylab, will be Honeysuckle Creek
Australia, in 14 minutes. This is Skylab Control at 19 hours
46 minutes.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1912/I
TIME: 14:19 CDT, 55:19:59 GMT
1/9/74
PAO This is Skylab Control. The Skylab

approaching Honeysuckle Creek, Australia coming in the
southeast tip of Australia. We'll have contact through the
Australia tracking station for about 9-1/2 minutes. The
change-of-shift press briefing this afternoon will again
occur about 4:15 and we'll update that time a little later
on as the closer to the shift handover.
CC Skylab, Houston. Hello at Honeysuckle
for 9 minutes.
PLT Hello, hello.
CC SPT, Houston when you got a chance we've
had a change in nuZ that's going to make us change some
numbers on the S063 Kohoutek maneuver pad message 5525. And
I'd llke to update that pad when you've got an opportunity.
SPT Okay, Dick stand by a moment.
CC Okay. We've still got 7-1/2 minutes here at
Honeysuckle so no big hurry.
SPT Go ahead and give me the numbers now,
Dick.
CC Okay, Ed I'm talking about the fine
maneuver which is about 5 or 6 lines down there and here
are the DAS entries: X should be 51050, Y should be 51230,
and Z should be 51034. The corresponding degrees for
each of those is X minus .4 degrees, Y minus 1.52 degrees,
and Z minus 0.28 degrees, over.
CC SPT, Houston voice check, lines dropped
out for Honeysuckle there momentarily, how do you read?
SPT Okay, Dick I read you loud and clear.
How me?
CC Loud and clear, did you get all those
numbers before we dropped out?
SPT Yeah, they are 51050, 51230, 51034, and
minus 0.40, minus 1.52, minus 0.28.
CC Roger, Ed you got them, thank you much,
CC Skylab, Houston if any of you guys have
been looking ahead in your details and were planning on
picking up optional handheld photo at 22:17 Zulu which is
the laser, you can forget it because the weathers clobbered
in up at Goldstone.
CDR Roger.
CC SPT, Houston when you get a second I
got a note here from a S054 folks.
SPT Go ahead, Dick.
CC Roger, Ed I guess I was use to you being
on the console, I really wanted the CDR, sorry about that.
Skylab, Houston we're a minute from LOS, Hawaii comes up
SL-IV MC1912/2
TIME: 14:59 CDT, 55:19:59 GMT
1/9/74
at 20:21 and CDR, Houston let me read you this note anyway.
At your option S054 would llke to operate in the MSOL-64 mode
for maximum four repetition while pointed at the southeast
limb around active region 17.
CDR Okay, Dick. Ed and I are going to swap
out on this particular ATM pass rather than the next one.
Looks like this one is just about as convenient as the other.
CC Okay, you can swap out on both of them
if you llke, your choice.
CDR Okay.
SPT Dick is that MO - Sorry, is that MS064?
CC MSOL-64, Mike Sierra Oscar Lima.
PAO Skylab now out of range of Honeysuckle
Creek and about i0 minutes away from regaining contact through
the Hawaiian tracking station. During that pass the crew was
advised not to bother looking for the laser, a device being
evaluated by NASA's Goddard Spacecraft Center as a possible
aid to future space navigation. The weather on the ground
will not permit that laser to be used_ heavy cloud cover.
Also, Jerry Carr advised the ground that he and Ed Gibson
were planning to swap the upcoming ATM pass. Carr earlier
had requested that both additional ATM or Apollo telescope
mount observation time be added and also that Science Pilot
Ed Gibson be given the lion's share of those ATM passes in
order to implement that request, the crew is planning to
swap a pass where Carr had been scheduled to operate the
ATM instrument and instead they give that duty to Science Pilot
Ed Gibson. And as you heard CAP COMM Dick Truly told the
crew that if they desired, they could swap both passes with
Science Pilot Gibson taking both of the passes and Carr
handling the Flight Plan, duties that had instead been assigned
to Gibson. Now we didn't get a response from Carr to indicate
whether of not he did in fact plan to have Gibson take both
passes although we do assume that at least the upcoming ATM pass
will be handled by Science Pilot Ed Gibson. This is
Skylab Control at 20 hours, 12 minutes Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-1913/I
Time: 15:19 CDT 55:20:19 GMT
i/9/74
PAO This is Skylab Control. We're bringing

the line up now for acquisition through Hawaii. This is the
next to the last Hawaii pass of the day. And we'll be in
contact through the Hawaii tracking station for a total of
about 7 minutes. We'll stand by for the call to the crew from
CAP COMM Dick Truly.
CC Skylab, Houston. Aloha at Hawaii for i0
minutes.
SPT Hello Dick. The old gimbal on the stop
got to us again. Just after you went over the hill we started
losing attitude and had to put in a 3 minute maneuver time.
Stand by, and then back to SI, and we're Just coming back in
there now.
CC Okay, Ed.
SPT It was outer gimbal 3 (garble) low.
CC Okay.
SPT And for the ATM folksp the XUV monitor
now shows that that one little thin bloop which I was talking
about is now very diffuse, and I cannot identify it the same way
as I could the previous orbit. So it's changed appreciably
within one orbit. We did get some Sun center work done in the
very beginning of the orbit, essentially building block 2, with
a standard (garble) of 52 and 54 got the GRATING in of 256
exposures. I was just going over the workup on it - work on it
and sit up on it, looked as though I was getting some oxygen
counts around 30 seconds off the limb of around 400 and we
are Just going to get some GRATING going when we started
drifting off attitude.
CC Okay. Thank you for the update.
SPT Fortunately, Dick_ it looks as though
we're going to get back on the attitude here Just before time
to make the other maneuver_ so I don't think we'll have anymore
time for solar work.
CC Roger, Ed, it's kind of a bad break.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're going LOS.
Goldstone in a couple of minutes. I'ii call you there.
PAO This is Skylab Control. During that Hawaii
pass, Ed Gibson advised the ground that outer gimbal number
3 had come up against the stop, and this leads to an automatic
reset, which in turn gives you a small attitude shift in the
space station. Now, that attitude shift had interrupted the
ATM observations. We donTt at this point know exactly how much
data was lost, but Gibson said that by the time he'd gotten
back into att±tude, there apparently was not time for additional
data gathering on that ATM pass. The problem of gimbals coming
SL IV MC-1913/2
Time: 15:19 CDT 55:20:19 GMT
1/9/74
up against the stops is something that arises from the fact

that we have only two CMGs in operation rather than three,
and it's further complicated by the particular Beta angle
that the space station is encountering at this time. The
space station's attitude with respect to the Sun. In most
cases the reset that occurs when the gimbals come against
the stops are done at little or no cost, usually the attitude
maneuver is very small and does not require expenditure of
TACS gas, which appeared to be the case in this particular
instance, however, the timing was such that it did interfere
with some of the ATM data collection. We have about 45
seconds remaining before we regain contact for a stateside
pass coming up over Goldstone now. This pass will miss the
Texas and MILA stations. We'll have coverage through
Goldstone and Bermuda.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1914/I
TIME: 15:32 CDT. 55:20:32 GMT
1/9/74
CC Skylab, Houston AOS Goldstone for

7 minutes.
CC Skylab_ Houston one item on the ATM
configuration request the H-alpha i night interlock switch
to normal. We see it, thank you much.
CC Skylab, Houston yesterday you guys were
scheduled a housekeeping shopping list for Housekeeping 28 Echo
which is the rapid DELTA P and 5 sensor verification, we didn't
see any indication on the downlink TM that you ever got
that done although you might have sandwiched at a time we
were recording on subframe 4, we'd like for you to confirm
that either you did or didn't get it done, yesterday because
if you didn't we'll put that back in the hopper.
SPT Rog, Dick that was done.
CC Okay, Ed thank you.
CC Skylab, Houston we're about a minute
from LOS, Goldstone. Bermuda is about 4 minutes away, I'ii
call you there 20:44.
PAO This is Skylab Control, we'll be back
up again in about 4 minutes when we regain contact through
the Bermuda tracking station.
PAO This is Skylab Control, we're waiting
now for call to the crew from CAP COMM Dick Truly through
the Bermuda tracking station. We'll be getting that in about
a minute.
CC Houston_ Bermuda for 3 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston i minute to LOS, Canary
at 20:53.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1915/I
Time: 15:52 CDT 55:20:52 GMT
1/9/73
CC Skylab, Houston, Canary and Ascension

for 15 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston, we've got the flight
plans coming up here at Canary and Ascension. And for the
CDR there's an innovation in tomorrows flight plan that I'd
like to speak to you if you have a minute sometime during
this pass, 12 minutes remaining.
CDR This is a product of the innovative
purple team?
CC Yes, sir.
CDR Do I need to have it in my hand?
CC No I believe it's simple enough that
I can describe it to you.
CDR Okay, innovate away sir.
CC Well, it turns out that only put - the
only thing that we listed in the flight plan was the time
critical items which is a few science - things that are attached
to the ephemeris aNd so forth. And we decided to leave the
eating, PT, showers, and anything else that you wanted to do up
to you guys. So there's a great expansive expanses of open
space there and we figured that you might like to decide
how to schedule that as well as we did.
CDR Okay, very good. And why don't we do
that everyday, you Just end us up a big shopping list.
CC That's exactly what I recommended.
CDR Do I hear the FAO mumbling a little bit
there.
CC The FAO has been mumbling and grousing
for the last 6 hours. (Laughter)
CDR Hey, Dick, TV-103 is on the recorder.
CC Okay Jerry_ thank you.
CDR I hope,
CC Skylab, Houston, i minute till LOS_
Honeysuckle at 21:37, see you there.
SPT Roger, Dick. So long.
CC I lied though, Crip will see you there.
I'ii see you in the morning.
CDR Hasta manana.
SPT Hey, purple team thanks for working on
the flight plans so well today, appreciate it.
CC Yes sir, we really - these last few days
have really been going good. And you guys deserve a - a
day off, they've really been some nice day. So we'll see
you tomorrow.
CDR So long.
PAO That completes a fairly lengthly pass
SL-IV MC1915/2
Time: 15:52 CDT 55:20:52 GMT
1/9/74
over the Continental United States. Down across the western

corner of Africa through Canary Islands and finally out over
the Atlantic through the Ascension tracking station. We
won't reacquire Skylab again for about 29 minutes, and
that will be through Honeysuckle Creek, Australia. The
crew appeared to be in a light hearted mood during that
pass through Canary Islands and Ascension. Commander
Jerry Carr remarked that he had loaded TV-103 on the
video tape recorder, and then added I hope. ENCO here in
Mission Control was quick to confirm that 11.8 minutes had
in fact been loaded on the video tape recorder. TV-I03
is one of the science demstrations. This one is aimed at
showing fabrication of thin - thin filmed liquids or thin
liquid films rather and determining the lifetime of such
thin films in zero gravity. This principle could he of
great value in manufacturing the thin chyrstals used in
integrated circuits. The modern day descendants of transltors
used in much of the electronics industry in such things as
television sets and minlture calculators and computers
themselves. Tomorrow is a day off for the crew. And to
begin that day off they'll sleep in for 2 hours. The CAP
COMM also reported to them that their day's activities would
be given to them on a shopping list. Jerry Carr remarked
that that might be a good idea for each day's activity.
That was a facetious remark on his part. And CAP COMM
Dick Truly congradulated the crew on a very fine performance
the last few days observed that things have been going very
well, and told them that he felt they deserved a day off.
ii minutes Greenwich mean time. And we are holding fairly
close to our plans for change-of-shift briefing at 4:15 this
afternoon with Plight Director Phil Shaffer. That briefing
will probably sllp 5 minutes or so, but we expect that it
will be fairly close to the 4:15 time that we advertised.
This is Skylab Control, Houston.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1916/I
TIME: 16:37 CDT, 55:21:37 GMT
1/9/74
PAO This is Skylab Control. Skylab is

presently coming up on Honeysuckle Creek, we're about
i0 seconds or 15 seconds away from acquisition and we had
no other station passes during the change-of-shift press
briefing. The spacecraft communicator on shift right now
is Astronaut Bob Crippin and Flight Director is Don Puddy.
CC Good afternoon Skylab, (garble) crew is
with you, AOS through Honeysuckle for 8 minutes.
SPT Hey it's the voice of the (garble)
Hello, Crimson team.
CC Rog, we've been loafing for a couple of
days and thought we'd come back and work with you guys a
little bit.
PLT I was going to say, it's about time.
CC You're right. Truly was telling me that
while you were loafing you guys have been tearing into it
lately.
CC Skylab, Houston we'll be doing a data/voice
recorder dump here.
CC Skylab, Houston we had a little keyhole
drop out there, we'll be doing a data/voice recorder dump
through Honeysuckle here.
CDR Roger, Crip.
CC Skylab, Houston we're i minute from LOS,
next station contact is Hawaii in 13 minutes at 21:58 and
Ed, we'll be standing by to do that 82B- PRS test at that
station and in case you haven't got it handy that general
message was 53 - 58 op, I think.
SPT I have it Cripp I'ii be standin_ by ready
to go.
CC Okeydoke.
PAO This is Skylab Control, that completes
the Honeysuckle Creek pass, the last of the day through
that Australian tracking station and we're ii-i/2 minutes
away from regaining contact through Hawaii. This is Skylab
Control at 21 hours 47 minutes.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1917/I
Time: 16:57 CDT 55:21:57 GMT
1/9/74
PAO This is Skylab Control at 21 hours 57

minutes Greenwich mean time. Skylab coming up on the track-
ing station at Hawaii and here in Mission Control - Control,
Flight Director Don Puddy has largely completed the mission
status review with his team of flight controllers and settled
down to an evening of detailed flight planning and observing
operations aboard S_y_lab. The major activity for the remainder
of the day will be ATM operations using the Apollo telescope
mount instruments to observe the Sun. We'll have acquisition
through Hawaii in about a half a minute.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS Hawaii for 9
minutes.
SPT Hello, Crip, we're sitting 40 arc-seconds
off of the right limb and ready to go to limb scan.
CC Okay, Ed, copy, but you're very weak.
SPT Hey, Crip, how is this - little better?
CC No, that's still - still very low.
Understand you're ready to go
SPT Stand by - stand by. Okay, Crip, how
do you read now?
CC Ah, that's good, Ed. And you've got a
GO to select limb scan and also, if you're not planning on
using the VTR for a little while, we'd like to go ahead and
take it, and rewind it so we can do some dump over the upcoming
CONUS pass.
SPT Okay. I had sent the VTR on the previous
ATM pass. If they would like me to pick that up any time
soon, I'ii let you folks manage it one way or the other.
It's fine with me, go ahead. Okay, going to limb scan now.
Pointing now.
CC Copy.
SPT Went to limb scan now. 20 arc-seconds
above the limb. And I go to limb scan. MARK. Pointing, MARK.
Limb scan, MARK. Right on the limb, maybe 15 seconds here
a_ limb scan, (garble) now. Back to limb scan now. We're 20 in-
side the limb - I'ii give you 15 seconds of limb scan.
CC Rog, Ed. And we're still copying the thing,
it's being unstable.
SPT Right now from (garble) holding at -
CC Okay, that one's holding
SPT (Garble).
CC Rog, okay, copy that one. Holding.
SPT One limb pointing now. That's going be-
tween 18 and 19 -
CC Yeah, that one looks pretty solid.
SPT if it ever gets (garble) -
CC Just saying that one looks pretty solid
here.
SPT Okay, going to minus 40, go back to limb
SL-IV MC1917/2
Time: 16:57 CDT 55:21:57 GMT
1/9/74
scan. We're at minus 40. Going to limb pointing. Okay,

Crip, it looked unstable except for the minus 20 and minus
40.
CC Rog, Ed, copy that. And I -
SPT It looked a little more unstable in
limb pointing than it did in limb scan. _aybe it just took
a little longer for the thing to diverge however.
CC Okay, we're about 45 seconds from LOS.
Next station contact is going to be Goldstone in 4 minutes.
And we'll-- we do have your VTR and we'll probably give it
back to you right after Goldstone. I'ii let you know there.
SPT Okay, would you like to see any more
of this test group or are you through with it?
CC You cmn go ahead and continue with the
minus 180. That is if you want to, Ed.
PAO That was Ed Gibson, Science Pilot on
Skylab operating the SO82B UV spectrograph one of the ATM
instruments. The spectrograph is used to photograph line
spectra of small selected areas on the solar disc and across
the limb. We'll be picking up Skylab again in about 2-i/2
minutes through Goldstone. We'll leave the llne up for
that acquisition.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS at Goldstone
for 5-1/2 minutes.
SPT Roger, Crip. I've slewed from minus 40 to
elite minus 80 arc-seconds twice now and it goes up to minus
50 at the appropriate point and just hangs at minus 50
in limb scan. Would you like to watch, I'm set up for another
one?
CC Okay, that's fine, Ed. That tells us
what we need to know.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1918/I
TIME: 17:12 CDT, 55:22:12 GMT
1/9/74
CC SPT, Houston I guess that really concludes

the test for us on the 82B-PRS and if we can conclude from that
that there is a degradation in the video level and that it's not
operative to accept when you're on the disk itself and since
really, that'a - the system was designed to work off the limb.
It's really not going to do us any good.
SPT I though what he did Crip was to measure
a line above the slit and one below it and see when that - he
saw a step function in light and from that calibrated calculated
the offset you had. And it seems to me that it wouldn't -
shouldn't work any better off the disk or on the disk.
CC Ed, as I understand the system, that
there is a variation, it's not a step function at all. It
is a variation in voltage sort of an analog system depending
on how far off the limb you are.
SPT Thank you Crip.
CC And and it is a function of limb darkening
basically.
we'll see you again in 5 minutes over Bermuda.
SPT Okay, Crip it doesn't look as if we're
going to be able to squeeze in the Sun center work for 52,
would you like for me to put that try to put that on the VTR
on a subsequent orbit?
CC If you can work it in we would appreciate
it Ed.
SPT Okay.
PAO During that pass through Goldstone the
INCO out here in the control center was dumping the video tape
recorder. The crew had loaded up a little less than
12 minutes of TV-103 on the recorder. That's a science
demonstration demonstrating the formation of a thin film
of fluid and attempting to show the life time of such a film.
This is a possible manufacturing technique that could be
used for developing integrated circuits used in electronic
equipment. And during that pass the INCO was able to dump about
half of the 12 minutes or so on the recorder, a little more
than half and werll be getting the rest of that television
off tonight and we'll be replaying it as an assembled sequence
tomorrow morning at 8:30 central daylight time. We have
a little less than 3 minutes left before we regain contact
with Skylab, we'll leave the line up.
CC Skylab, Houston we're AOS Bermuda. We have
you for 10 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston the VTR belongs to you
guys again.
SPT Okay, thank you Crip. I see here that
SL-IV MC1918/2
TIME: 17:12 CDT, 55:22:12 GMT
1/9/74
we don't require any VTR to be done on this. I'd llke to

give you the information although I have not gone through
a full standard cycle but I could give you the pointing
information on the WLC dole (?) Sun center pointing calibrations.
CC We'll take it.
SPT Okay, to get the frame centered around
the occulting disk, I ended up with a fine Sun sensor read
out of up/down of minus 30 and left/right of minus 45. The
error needles that I was looking at - and up/down was plus 8,
and in left/rlght I neglected to go times_10 so I can't
give you that readout_ all I know is that it was a full
scale right, it became full scale right when I was at a left/
right of minus 12. So I went an additional 15 arc seconds out
after the after it hit 30 or a full scale right. I can do
that again and pick up - pick it up with times i0 although I
think that information may do.
CC Okay, Ed thank you.
SPT The question was also just here of whether
we'd be able to do this durinK the regular sunset and operations
and I don't see why not, it's just as easily done as the other
pointing. - -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1919/I
Time: 17:24 CDT 55:22:24 GMT
1/9/74
CC Okay, that's good information, thank you.

SPT As a matter of fact Crip, if we have
another sunset and operation coming up on the pad which I
see we do our standard patrol at the end. Six -
JOP 6 step one, building block IA, IB, we (garble) and do it
then if they like.
CC Okay, let me get confirmation of that one
way or the other.
CDR Thank you.
SPT Crip, you may be interested in knowing
that the comm improved when I used our little handheld mike in
the - It was barely audible apparently to you folks when I was
using a comm carrier and a full headset.
CC Okay, we copy that. Is that the head-
set you've been normally using.
SPT It's not my headset. It's one of the
other guys. I don't see the name on it right now but I
did bend the mike pretty much down to the nominal position.
Although I guess I could have come a little bit further.
I think the handheld mike works real well if you hold it
in the right position. I think we've learn how to do that.
CC Rog, it sounds fine with me.
SPT Crip, could you give me the time and the
antenna for my phone call today please.
CC Rog. It's our next pass at Ascension
22:37, that's about 9-1/2 minutes away, and the antenna is
right.
SPT Thank you.
CC And Ed, regarding the doing the Sun
centered operation with 52 on the upcoming BBI. I guess
we'd rather think about that for a couple of days before we
give you a GO on it.
SPT Okay, that's fine Crip just let us know
anytime.
CC 0keydoke.
PLT Hey, Crip are you ready to copy a photo
log?
CC Yes sir.
PLT Okay, 16_millimeter: EREP 24, Charlie Lima
ii, 72 percent. Nikon: Nikon i, Charlie X-ray 39, reading
13_ Nikon 2, India Romeo i0, reading 26, that assumes 9 frames
taken for IR photos later on this evening; Nikon 3, CEarlie
India 113, reading 37, and that anticipates using 6 frames
for IR photos later this evening; Nikon 4, Bravo Echo 09p
reading 263 Nikon 5, is reading - Bravo Hotel 06 is reading
07 and it anticipates using 3 frames for $233. EREP set
X-ray 0109, 2290_ 9833, 9195_ 0966, 9883. Drawer A configur-
SL-IV MC1919/2
Time: 17:24 CDT 55:22:24 GMT
1/9/74
ation: no chan_e.
CC Okay, Bill we copy that, and we'll see
if we can get your film thread up fairly shortly. One item -
we've got a couple more minutes here. But I've got a
mod to make to your 183 pad and if you've got it handy
next pass over Ascension in about 7 minutes I can give
it to you there. Or, we can get it a little bit later
if you'd like.
PLT I think it's Jer's pass.
PLT I can take it.
PLT Oh, you mean 183. Yes, okay, I'll take
it, right.
CC Okay, do you want it now or do you want
to wait a little while.
PLT If you've got it you can go now.
CC Okay, all it is on the first bill the Kohoutek,
which is plate 25 we want to change the tilt. It should be
19.1 vice 24.3.
PLT Rog understand, make it 19.1 instead of
24.3.
CC Rog, that's correct, thank you very
much. And we're i minute from LOS and next station contact is
6 minutes over Ascension at 22:37 and we'll be set it up for
Ed's phone call there.
PAO And Skylab now out of range through
the Bermuda tracking station coming up on Ascension as the
next station to contact the crew. We_ll have acquisition
through Ascension in about 5_i/2 minutes. And as you heard
CAP COMM Bob Crippen advise Ed Gibson that will be the site
over whlc he'll get his private phone conversation. Skylab now
in it's 3470 _ 70 revolution of Earth. AT 22 hours 32 minutes
Greenwich mean time, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1920/I
Time: 17:36 CDT 55:22:36 GMT
1/9/74
PAO This is Skylab Control. We're coming

up now on us - acquisition through Ascension Island. This
will be our last Ascension pass of today. And the major flight
plan activity aboard Skylab continues to be Apollo telescope
mount operations observations of the Sun. The Sun now
approaching a period of increased activity. As a number of
active regions are about to rotate around on to the visible
side of the Sun. And in consentience with the crew request
for additional ATM observations period, and for more of that
ATM time to be assigned to Science Pilot Ed Gibson. Gibson
and Carr swapped off-duties this evening, with Gibson taking
the duty at the ATM console and Carr handling the duties
that had been flight planned for Gibson. We have about i
second to acquisition. We'll stand by for the call with
CAP COMM Bob Crippen.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're AOS Ascension.
We have you for i0 minutes, i0 minutes.
CDR Roger, Crip.
CC Jer, and if Bill is available, one item
we need to to get an update on is Bravo Victor 28 was off
loaded out of Nikon 02 today, I believe by Ed. And we need to
get a status on that one for our records down here, please.
PLT Roger, I'ii have it for you in i.
CC Okay, no hurry.
PLT Frame count (static).
PLT Frame count was ii.
CC Okay.
CC PLT_ Houston. For your information, Bill,
we do have your film thread onboard. And it might be a good
idea if you have an opportunity to check it and make sure that
it came up okay.
PLT Okay, thank you.
CC Rog, it was - we had a little line hit -
while - during the process of upllnk.
PLT Okay, Crip, Just for the record, there has
been no change on the Drawer A - the film prints they had last
night had a _ some of the i00 digits were left off. I think 126,
127, and 128, but it was rather obvious what they - what was
intended.
CC Okay, copy that.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're i minute from LOS.
Next station contact in 23-1/2 minutes Carnarvon at 23:10. See
you there.
CDR Okay, Crip.
PAO We've had loss of signal through Ascension.
We'll be reaoquiring Skylab in 22_I/2 minutes at the Carnarvon,
Australia tracking station. This is Skylab Control, 22 hours
48 minutes Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1921/I
TIME: 18:09 CDT, 55:23:09 GMT
1/9/74
PAO Skylab Control at 23 hours, 9 minutes

Greenwich mean time. Skylab in its 3,407 - 70th revolution
of Earth and we're about to regain contact through Carnarvon,
Australia. That will occur in about 45 seconds.
CC Skylab, Houston we're AOS Carnarvon for
10-1/2 minutes.
CDR Roger Hey Crip, I got a little legal
question for you.
CC Well, you're not asking the right guy
for a legal question but I'll try to get a lawyer to
answer it for you, go ahead Jer.
CDR Oh, you're a good sea lawyer. If if
we declare butter cookies to be legal tender up here and
if Ed buys 1 ATM pass from me for 2 cans of butter cookies,
whose menu does it get counted against?
CC That's definitely too complicated for
this sea lawyer. We can prohaly charge ATM with the science
time Just required to figure it out.
CDR See I knew you were a sea lawyer.
CC Naw, I have to credit that one to flight.
CC And CDK, Houston I guess our recommendation
would be to let them float on a free market and see what
their value comes out at, it let be established a little
free trade there. It's a sad day when you end up using
butter cookies for monltary value though. You don't have
something better than that onboard.
CDR It's better than feca; bags.
CC Especially used ones.
SPT Houston, SPT.
CC Go Ed.
SPT Hey Crip earlier today I mentioned a
I could see a loop structure in the XUV monitor. On the
next pass it had pretty much become very diffuse and barely
discernable and now it's back again. And I'm at a position
which is a little bit away from it, I'll be working in pretty
soon. Although I don't have too much longer in this pass. The
thing came up, then became very diffuse, disappeared nearly and
now it's back again. So I'm going to try to get a look at it
now, I got about 10 or 12 minutes to do it.
CC And Ed if you can get around to it, we
would recommend grating auto scans on the loop structure.
And SPT, Houston also Ed if you can work it in we would
appreciate an 82A exposure of that loop structure, recommend
wave length short 40 second exposure.
SPT Thank you, Crip.
CC We're about 30 seconds from LOS, next
station contact in 4 minutes over Guam at 23:23 and we'll
SL-IV MC1921/2
TIME: 18:09 CST, 55:23:09 GMT
1/9/74
be doing a data/voice recorder dump there.

PAO Range now of the Carnarvon tracking
station. Now that was Ed Gibson at the ATM console describing
the reappearance of a loop structure which he has observed
in the XUV monitor. Gibson reported that the loop structure
had been visible earlier in the day but had become diffuse
almost invisible, he said now it's back again and he will try
to get a look at it and collect some data on it during the
next 10 or 12 minutes. We also heard the discussion of what
might appear to be a bit of black-marketeering in butter cookies
aboard Skylab. Commander Jerry Carr came on with a legal
question for CAP COMM Bob Crippin, Cart asked if batter cookies
are legal tender and if Science Pilot Ed Gibson buys 1 ATM
pass from him, Jerry Carr whose menu are the cookies to be
charged against. After puzzling over that one for several
minutes the best answer that we could come up with from
Mission Control is that the butter cookies should be allowed
to float on the open market and let the value be determined
on the market. Which I'm sure makes no one happy but that
is apparently the best answer we're going to be able to
come up with and as CAP COMM Bob Crippin noted he's not
much of a legal expert. We'll be acquiring again through
Guam, our first pass of the day through the Guam tracking
station. That will occur in about 1 minute and we'll leave
the line up.
CC Skylab, Houston AOS Guam, 9_i/2 minutes
and we'll be doing a data/voice recorder dump here.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1922/I
Time: 18:28 CDT 55:23:28 GMT
I/9/74
CC SPT, Houston, if you have a moment.

SPT Just a moment, please, Crip.
CC Okay, no - I no sweat.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're 1 minute from LOS.
Next station contact is Goldstone in about 17 minutes at
23:50, 23:50. And Ed, what I was calling about was nothing
critical, though. No sweat, just forget about it.
SPT I just had to close out the ATM and get
the maneuver started here, Crip. And I'ii talk to you again
over Goldstone.
CC Okay, no sweat, just go ahead and press on
with your maneuver.
PAO This is Skylab Control. We've lost data
now through Guam. The next station to acquire will be Goldstone
in about 15 minutes. On one of the dump tapes that has come
back into Mission Control, Ed Gibson has given us a bit of
a run down on his observations of the ED61 student experiment
on plant growth in zero gravity. And although we don't have
all the details, the dump tape has not been fully transcribed
yet. Gibson did describe seeing some growth both out of the
top and bottom of some of the rice seeds. Others showed
showed no growth at this point. And of course, the rice
seeds in the agar solutions are exposed to varying amounts
of light, so it is to be expected that you might see a dif-
ferent growth rate in some of them. And we will have additional
details on that as transcript is available. This is Skylab Con_
trol at 23 hours 35 minutes Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1923/I
Time: 18:48 CDT 55:23:48 GMT
1/9/74
PAO This is Skylab Control. We're about

to acquire Skylab through Goldstone, California for a state-
side pass that will take the space station down across the
United States beginning in the Pacific Northwest continuing
down below the Great Lakes and out over the coast of Georgia.
The last pass through Guam - at the end of that pass, the
GNS officer here in Mission Control reported that the crew
had begun to maneuver the space station into the proper
attitude for the comet observations using the S183 instru-
ment, the ultraviolet panarama. This experiment is under
the direction of Dr. George Courtes, of the Labaratory of
Space Astronomy at the National Center for Nati- National
Center for Re - Scientific Research in Marseille, France.
We show acquisition of signal.
CC We're AOS through Goldstone. Got you
across CONUS for about 18 minutes.
SPT Roger. I am ready to listen to the
golden voice of the crimsom cripper.
CC Well, it is - what I've got to tell
you - what I was going to tell you awhile ago is no lonzer
important, but I got something else to tell you. When you
were running the 133 MAL earlier today, I guess with Phil
that there may be a break in the panel assembly to the
S18 cable which was remade by moving the hardware around
during the tape change. And prior to doing the 133 run
tonight, we_d like you to change out that cable with the
spare one that's located in 913.
SPT Okay, Crip, I'ii go ahead and do it.
What's kind of strange though is that that signal cut out
about 2 mln 2 hours after I fell asleep. So either I
got something that doesn't take very much mechanical stress,
or l_m a pretty violent sleeper.
CC You want me to comment on that? About
your violent sleep, Ed? No, you're absolutely correct that
it did stop about 2 hours after. And I guess what we feel
is that perhaps there is a _ maybe a little break in the
cable such that it does _ just sort of intermittent with -
that could be caused by mild movement.
SPT (Laughter) Mild movement, Crip?
CC How would you like me to phrase it Ed?
Do you thrash in your sleep?
PLT Can't do much, Crip.
SPT Crip, I'd like to request a private comm
with you.
CC No thank you, Edward.
SPT Say Crip off that subject, I got an easy
one for you,
SL-IV MC1923/2
Time: 18:48 CDT 55:23:48 GMT
1/9/74
CC Great, I need one.

SPT When looking at rice seeds in agar growing
in zero g, how do you tell the root from the stem?
CC I was trying to think of a good answer,
but I haven't got one. We'll look at it.
PLT Crip, I've got an easy one for you.
CC Go, I need another easy one.
PLT Our subject is T002 and a serious question.
Filter 2.6 does that demean filter i and 1.6 both? In other
words, they both add up to 2.6 and I assume that's what it
meant. Would you check that?
CC Will do that for you.
SPT One other thing, if you would, Crip.
We need two more names, we got two more little little
furry fellows up here.
CC You got some more of those white and hairy
things running around?
SPT Well they're kind of dark and hairy when
you look at them under the magnifying glass, they're really
kind of interesting little guys.
CC Copy, they're dark and hairy? We'll
try to think of some good names, for you Ed.
SPT I think wetll call them Harry and Harriet.
CC You've determined their sex, of course?
SPT Tell them apart, Crip, what you do is
you scream, "Hey, Harry, here comes your wife," and the one
that starts running that's Harry.
CC You're getting better all the time, Ed.
You take Henny Youngman's joke book up there with you?
PLT What's the weather like down there today,
Crip?
CC Well, it's been sort of cloudy and warmish
all day. But we're supposed to have had a cold front move
in, and I haven't heard the results of it, whether it got here
or not, l've been locked up in this little building for most
of the afternoon. I don't know if you copied that, Bill,
but I was it was pretty warm today, somebody tells me it
got up to 80 and the cold front we're supposed to have come
in late this evening is going to drop it around 40 degrees
tonight, which is kind of chilly for us Southern boys.
PLT All right, thank you.
CC And for the PLT_ Bill, your assumption was
correct on t_e filters. The 1 and the 1.6 total up to the
2.6.
CDR Okay, Dick, he copies. Crip.
CC Either one. We both answer.
CC CDRp Houston, you got a moment to talk,
Jer?
SL-IV MC1923/3
Time: 18:48 CDT 55:23:48 GMT
1/9/74
CDR Sure, go ahead.

CC Rog, I guess I'm not sure exactly what
references were made to it today, but there is no requirement
for a EREP tape changeout for the pass coming up tomorrow.
The mount we've got on is adequate for it.
CDR Oh, that's good to hear.
CDR Have the guys on the ground figured out
when that switch got thrown, how long it had been running?
CC Let me get a verification on that for yon,
Jer.
CDR Last time I remember throwing it was when
I did a film advance check at - right after loading the S190
film.
CC Okay, and that was when it - when it was
thrown and it's I guess, we figured it was about 15 to 20
minutes.
CDR That's a goodly amount of tape.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1924/I
TIME: 19:00 CDT, 56:00:00 GMT
1/9/74
CC Yeah, this - you're right it did run off

quite a bit but we still have an adequate amount to do the
pass this way.
CDR Great, thanks Crip.
SPT Houston, SPT.
CC Go SPT.
SPT Crip, as tomorrow has been scheduled we've
got a lot of good open time which means that we can do some of the
things which we'd like to do up here, and I'd llke to do ATM.
What I'm wondering is how many passes if I took the one
which I have started at around 14:30, and we've got it going
up through the maneuver, how many passes would that amount to?
That's up to the - I guess the ETC prep and welll probably do
the maneuvers when we cut it off.
CC I'ii check that for you Ed.
SPT Thank you. And also I'd like to make
up some unattended ops planned if I don't take it and there's some
things they would like covered. That being the case and they may
want to send up an abbreviated schedule, ATM pad or Just
attending over the loops, either way is fine.
CC Okay, Ed we can answers to you for
those. And we had been planning on giving you some general
guidelines and I'ii give you some more details from that
on our next station contact. And we're about 30 seconds from
LOS now. And we'll have you again over Carnarvon in 40 minutes.
And that's at 00:48, 00:48 and also we will be standing by
to get the evening status report from Jer there.
SPT Okay, we'll be ready. Thank you Crip.
PAO That completes a very interesting
stateside pass, most of the conversation there coming from
Science Pilot Ed Gibson. At the start of the pass Gibson
and CAP COMM Bob Crippen discussed the M133 sleep monitoring
experiment which had conked out in a previously used period.
After working the first few hours monitoring the sleep patterns
on Ed Gibson it then quit operating for the remainder of
the night and Ed Gibson had been working with instrument
trying to determine what the problem might be. And based
on the troubleshooting that was done, the ground has come
up with an assessment that probably the problem is in the
cable, and they've suggested that the crew replace the existing
cable with a new one that is stowed onboard the Skylab
space station. Gibson also asked how one tells on a rice
plant that is just beginning to sprout from seed which sprout
is stem and which sprout is root. That of course, is
pertinent for the ED61 plant growth experiment where one of
the objectives is to determine what influences the growth
of stem and roots in weighlessness. And it is going to be of
SL-IV MC1924/2
TIME: 19:00 CDT, 56:00:00 GMT
1/9/74
interest to determine whether roots grow up towards the

light source and stems grow down when growing in zero gravity,
or whether the light along is enough to cause them to grow in
the normal manner with roots downward and away from the light
and the stem upward toward the light. Earlier today on one
of the tape dumps, Gibson passed along some observations
of the growth of the rice - the rice seeds. These were planted
on day 51, 4 days ago in an agar solution in a number of
small compartments in a specially designed box. Each
compartment has a variable amount of light filtering through
to it, and by comparing the growth rates and growth patterns
scientists hope to come up with some answers to the questions
as to how much influence gravity and light have on the growth
patterns of plants. This experiment by the way is one of
those proposed by a high school student. This one by a
high school student at West Point, Nebraska. Gibson observations
on the growth are as follows: He said that there is some
small change in compartment I, seeds on the top and the
bottom and there are three seeds in each compartment, and the
seed near
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1925/I
Time: 19:10 CDT 56:00:10 GMT
i/9/73
PAO Are as follows, he said there are some

small change in compartment i. Seeds on the top and the
bottom and there are three seeds in each compartment, and
the seed nearest the top or nearest the light source are
exhibiting some growth out of each end. He noted that the
growth is about one-tenth the size of the seed itself and
the same for the growth at the bottom. Down in compartment
2 he noted that there was nothing in that compartment.
In compartment 3 no growth. Compartment 4, said it
was doing nicely one of the seeds, there were two what
Gibson described as curlicues coming out of the tip. A small
part of the skin he said is pushed off like a flap. And in
compartment 5 he noted that one of the seeds has a split
in it, another has a small amount of growth at the tip, and
also the third seed has a small amount of growth at the tip.
And compartment 6 he noted there was a little growth
on the tip of one of the seeds but that the seeds in this
compartment were not doing as well as those in compartment
4. Compartment 7_ go growth in two of the seeds - one of them
he said did have a small amount of growth. But of course as
you heard during that stateside pass Gibson came up with a
question, how does one determine which or what the characteristics
of stem and root are when they are in the early stages of growth.
And we still haven't come up with an answer to that question.
Pilot Gibson also reported that he needs two more names for
some little hairy things as he put it that they know have
running around in the space station. These we presume are newly
hatched gypsy moths. And Gibson suggested that appropriate names
might be Harry and Harriette. CAP COMM, Bob Crippen asked how
one identifies the sex of gypsy moths. Gibson's suggestion
was that you scream here comes your wife and the one that
runs is Harry. We'll be reaequiring Skylab in 34 minutes.
We have a long break here with no station coverage until
the space station comes back around to Carnarvon, Australia.
At zero hoers 13 minutes Greenwich mean time in day 56 this
is Skylab Control.
END OF _APE
SL-IV MC1926/I
TIME: 19:45 CDT, 56:00:45 GMT
1/9/74
PAO A minute away now from coming within

range of the antenna at Carnarvon, Australia. We'll bring
the line up for that pass, the first in about 35 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston we're AOS Carnarvon.
We have you for about 9-1/2 minutes.
CDR Roger, Crip you ready for evening
status.
CC Yes sir.
CDR Okay, Sleep: CDR, 7.0, 6.5 heavy,
0.5 light; SPT, 6.7, 6.7 heavy; PLT 7.0, 6 heavy, 1 light.
Volume: 2400; 3850; 2700. Water gun: 8353; 4277; 0389.
Body mass: CDR, 6.318, 6.315, 6.314; SPT, 6.349, 6.352,
6.348; PLT, 6.248, 6.246, 6.249. Exercise: CDR, SPT and
PLT, no change to the standard - from the standard. Now
beginnin_ tomorrow we are making a change to our standard.
Bruce pointed out last night that we didn't give you the
complete word so some of it is repeat and some of it is new.
So these are the following changes to our standard exercise
patterns. CDR, Method Foxtrot, we're dropping the springs
and the toe rises are now 15 minutes, 400 repeti_ons; for the
SPT, Method Bravo, the position Bravo plus curls, 25 minutes
200 repitions each, Method Foxtrot for the SPT, drop the
springs and the toe rises are now 15 minutes, 400 repetions;
for the PLT, Method Foxtrot, cancel out all the springs,
toe rises i0 minutes, 400 repetitions. Okay moving on,
Medication: CDR, Sudafed last night; SPT, nonep PLT, Afrln
today at 18:00. Clothing: CDR, socks; SPT, trousers, shorts,
shirt and socks; PLT, shorts,shirt and socks. Food log:
CDR, salt zero, minus two coffee with sugar plus one black
coffee, minus one lemonade, _ehydration water, plus 1.0;
SPT, 11.5 salt, plus a lemonade, plus two lemon puddings,
plus tuna, zero rehydration water; PLT, 4.0 salt, zero
deviation, zero water deviations. Flight Plan deviations:
all changes that were done were reported on air-to-ground.
Okay, shopping list assignments: T002_3 filters I/i, T002_I,
stars ii and 12 and this data's on tape at 02:20 last night.
T002_I stars 12 and 16 are on tape at 11;45 to 12:00, TV-104,
I reported earlier that on the VTR it was 103 but it's 104, it's
the gyroscope television that was done today. All housekeeping
was done, more T002_ this time it was -2 star 12 and Moon
far limb, that's on tape at 18:10, T002-2 star ii and the Moon
far limb, filter 1.6 and that's on tape at 19:25. Inoperaable
equlpment_ none. Schedule stowage: none. And that does it.
CC Okay, very good Jet. I've got a couple
of questions here, I would like to run by you. I think they -
yup, the first one is someone is going to have to stretch
your memory a little bit on ED72 which was scheduled oh, almost
SL-IV MC1926/2
TIME: 19:45 CDT, 56:00:45 GMT
1/9/74
2 weeks ago on day 358, we did not copy in any of the voice
transcripts that came down that theilcapelary 2 modules either
the water or the oil was done and we're wondering if you can
help us out on that to confirm whether or not it was done.
PLT Okay, that was done and I put a complete
narrative on tape, I thought but apparently, it's gone through
the crack. It was the oll in the wicklng material, the
woven material and I have notes made because the ii minute
film did not show any significant movement of the oil of
up the wicklng material so I had - made sketches at oh, at
about 2 hour intervals over a period of about 6 hours
until we had to move it for meals. Let's see that's about
all I can remember about it other than the fact that I did
report it and I do have the sketches in my notes.
CC Bill, we got the bit on the wicking
material which is the screen wicking assembly. But in addition
to that portions of the experiment include a capillary assem -
assembly, can't talk anymore, for water and then one for oil.
PLT Okay, those were not done.
CC Okay, I can assume then that the modules
for those are still available, is that correct?
PLT That's affirmative.
CC Okay, thank you. Okay and if Ed's
available I have a message regarding his ATM pass if he
can copy.
SPT Sure can - -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC 1927/1
Time: 19:54 CDT 56:00:54 GMT
1/9/74
CC Copy.
SPT Sure can Crip, go ahead.
CC Okay, l'd spoken to you once before Just
at the end of a pass. It's before we started that last
maneuver and you probably didn't get it was going LOS.
But, if the loop structure that you reported earlier is
still evident 82A would like to observe it and get a couple
of exposures on it durin_ the building block 1A.
SPT Crip_ I'm still trying to figure out
what I'm looking at there. Sometimes the loop structure
is present and sometimes it's not in the XUV monitor. I
Just about had myself talked out of believing that there
really was a loop and it was nothing but absorption by a
prominence (garble) lying underneath it. But then the fact
that it comes and goes and the fact that the magnesium X
intensity was up around 200 to 250 which is what you would
expect from the loop still has me questioning. I'm really not
sure what the heck the darn thing is, I will take another
look at it. If 82A would like to go along on a gamble
because I'm not positive right now, I'll go ahead and give
them an exposure.
SPT I'ii give them a long one minute and a
short for 20 seconds if - which is their standard if they
like.
CC We'll take it. And we're going to have
a keyhole here for about a minute, and I_ii call you when
we're out of it.
CC Skylab, Houston we're out of the key-
hole and we're about 30 seconds from LOS. Next station
contact is over Guam in 4 minutes at 01:02, and we'll be
doing a data/voice recorder dump t_ere.
PAO That completes the Carnarvon pass, and
we're about 3_i/2 minutes away from Guam, the next station
to acquire Skylab. During that pass over Carnarvon_ science
pilot Ed Gibson, reported that he was a little puzzled as
to the coronal loop that he'd reported earlier. He said
sometimes the loop structure is present and sometimes it
goes away, and he's not quite sure what the darn thing is
as he put _t. He asked whether we wanted him to take some
slghtings collect some data with the S082, X_ray ultraviolet
coronal spectroheliograph. And was given an affirmative
requested use t_e S082A and collect some data on the
feature. Also the crew corrected a previous announcement.
They said that the television that was loaded on the video
tape recorder approximately 12 minutes worth was TV-I04
not TV_I03 as previously reported. TV_I04 is a science
SL-IV MC 1927/2
Time: 19:54 CDT 56:00:54 GMT
1/9/74
demonstration as is TV-I03. Now 104 is to demonstrate the

behavior of a gyroscope in zero gravity, and show the
precision stability, and relation to the Skylab attitude
and pointing control subsystem, And that to repeat is the
television that the crew loaded on the video tape recorder.
We're brlng_ng that TV in tonight. We'll have it reassembled
and ready for replay at 8:30 Houston time tomorrow morning.
With 2 minutes remaining until we regain contact through
Guam we_ll leave the line up.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1928/I
Time: 20:00 CDT 56:01:00 GMT
1/9/74
CC Skylab, Houston, we're AOS through Guam,

and we have you for about 8 minutes. We'll be doing the
data/voice recorder dump here. Ed, we configure ATM TV on the
VTR and we've assumed that you've completed that. If you
have, we'd like to take it and rewind it and dump it over
this upcoming CONUS pass.
SPT Give me about another 40 seconds, Crip,
I'm almost through with it.
CC Okay, if you just let us know when you're
through. And, Ed, also for your information, in reviewing
the pointing test that you did earlier for us on 52, we'll
tenatively change one Sun center operation for day to the
null pointing beginning with mission day 57, be day after
tomorrow.
SPT Okay.
CC You know, we just started day 56 here.
It's - since that was originally that was that this mission
was supposed to be, everything should be gravy from here
on, right?
SPT It's getting better all the time, Crip.
CC Rog.
SPT Crlp, I'm through with the VTR.
CC Okay, we copy, Ed. And sometime when you
get a chance, I'd like to talk to you a little bit more 61
and 62.
SPT Now's a good time, Crip, go ahead.
CC Okay, I'm'being told that the root al-
ways emerges first, it's going to be colorless and will re-
main so, and will also began to develop root hairs. And it
doesn't say that they're white and hairy, but I assume they
are. Also, the stem emerges as an end-rolled leaf in a thin
membrane and will turn green in a few hours after it emerges.
SPT Okay, thank you, Crip. I guess what I'm
looking at then are the roots, around about - oh, about a
third of them or so have emerged. And I put it on tape this
morning.
CC Okay, very good. We did have a question
regarding that a few days ago you guys had reported the light
that this thing was near on - I believe it's near light number
7 has been bothering you. And we'd like to know if if it has
been moved away from that particular light and if so, where,
and have you taken any light meter readings?
SPT Crip, no, we've decided it's not really
a problem there and it's remained there. And we have taken
light meter readings and they were put on tape also. As I
recall, they were - at one end were 20, and the middle were
i0, and 5 on the other end.
SL-IV MC1928/2
Time: 20:00 CDT 56:01:00 GMT
i/9/74
CC Okay, we got that. Could you roughly

estimate how far that container is away from the light? Is
it offset linearly? I guess one of the questions we had I
believe that you gave us a reading of about 20 and - our spec
on it said it would be 50 putting out about 40.
SPT Crip, this is mounted exactly where it
should be, exactly where the velcro is placed and where the
decals call for ED61/63 right on the top of the righthand
side of the panel in the OWS. I'm not sure what number it
is, 613, 614, somewhere along in there.
CC Okay, that's fine, Ed.
SPT Light meter readings were taken in exactly
the same way that's call - that's specified, the way we worked
before with a - a white piece of checklist page. And I believe
we got fairly representative values, I kind of rotated the page
here to make sure we weren't getting any - losing anything
by reflection and they remained constant, so I believe we were
getting the true value.
CC Okay, very good. Thank you.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're i minute from LOS.
Next station contact is Goldstone in 16-1/2 minutes at 01:26,
and that's set up for your med conference.
SC (Garble)
PAO This is Skylab Control. We've lost data
now through Guam and 15 minutes from acquiring at Goldstone,
California which as CAP COMM Bob Crippen told the crew will
be the station for the daily private medical conference. We
will bring the line up for that stateside pass expecting that
toward the end of it, we'll be back on - on line with the crew.
Ed Gibson received an answer to his earlier question during
the pass over Guam. The question was how does one tell which
end of a sprouting rice seed is root and which is the stem?
And he was advised that the root always emerges first and can
el- be identified by a number of small hairs that it has on it.
And that the stem comes next and usually is curled and will
turn green soon after it emerges. So with that bit of information,
we can probably expect that Gibson's next observation and
description of the ED61 plant growth experiment will give some
indication as to which of the rice seeds that he's observed
sprouting are oriented normally. That is with the stem towards
the light source and the roots downward from it and which if
any are oriented abnormally. This is Skylab Control at i hour
12 minutes Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-1929/I
Time: 20:25 CDT 56:01:25 GMT
1/9/74
PAO This is Skylab Control. Skylab coming

up now on a stateside pass, approaching acquisition through
Goldstone, California. Or at 1 hour 25 minutes Greenwich
mean time. And this pass through Goldstone will be devoted
to the private medical conference. Tomorrow the crew will
be conducting an Earth resources pass that will be gathering
data over Japan. The pass starts at 01:39 Greenwich mean
time and ends 26_i/2 minutes later at 02:05:30 Greenwich
mean time. The start point for the data take is over Malaysia
and the data take ends just west of Japan. There will be
six mandatory sites and two desirable at least currently
scheduled, and EREP officers here are continuing to view the
weather and objectives of that EREP pass and the final details
will be worked out tonight on it. As a result of that late in
the day EREP pass the crew will be going to bed 1 hour late
tomorrow and consequently will be getting up 1 hour late
on Friday. But, of course, that assumes that the EREP pass
is conducted. There is some marginal weather in the area
and there is some possibility that the EREP pass tomorrow,
of course, could be cancelled due to weather. We have
acquisition of signal now. We will be in contact for 14
minutes through Goldstone and Texas.
CC Skylab, Houston. We have you for about
2 more minutes across the States here.
SPT Crip, as soon as we get the $233 done
here, I'ii power up some displays and give you a frame count.
CC Okay. That will be fine. Thank you sir.
SPT Are you ready, Crip?
CC We're ready_ Sir.
SPT 12252, 4132_ 151, 343, 4326, 3998.
CC Copy it. We are 30 seconds from LOS.
Next station contact is over the Vanguard in about ii minutes.
That's at 01:62.
CDR Hey Crip. On this $233, I might suggest
to them that maybe we wait a little longer after sunset to
take the comet pictures. I'm all through with the sequence
and the comet's still out there clear and that first
one, there's so much light from the Sun (static)
CC Okay, we've got that, Thank you, (static)
PAO Skylab Control. That completes the
stateside pass through Goldstone and Texas. The majority
of that pass being taken up with the daily private medical
conference. We had about 2 minutes of conversation before
loss of signal. We will he acquiring Skylab again about
9 minutes from now through Ascension _ rather through the
tracking ship Vanguard, and this will be our first Vanguard
SL IV MC-1929/2
Time: 20:25 CDT 56:01:25 GMT
1/9/74
pass of the evening. Here in Mission Control the electrical

systems engineer reported that charger battery regulator module
number 3 is showing a decrease in temperature. That's
currently down to a minus i, there's no concern over this
temperature, but if it does get down to minus 4 some action
will be taken. The heaters will be turned on to bring it
back up to a more acceptable temperature region. Eight
minutes 45 seconds now until we regain contact with Skylab.
This is Skylab Control at 1 hour 43 minutes Greenwich mean
time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1930/I
Time: 20:50 CDT 56:01:50 GMT
1/9/74
PAO This is Skylab Control, i minute away

from acquisition at the - through the tracking ship Vanguard,
located off the eastern coast of South America. We'll stand
by for the call from CAP COMM Bob Crippen.
CC Skylab, Houston we're AOS at the
Vanguard, we have you for 8 minutes.
CDR Roger, Crip the comet is still about
5 degrees long. It really - it's really han_ing in there.
It's not as bright as it has been in the past, it's getting
a little dimmer, but it's every bit as long and once you
get dark adapted you can see it.
CDR Have you folks been able to see it on
the _round yet?
CC Well, we_ve had a little problem with
clouds around here lately. And times that we don't have
the clouds I was going to sneak out tonight to see if I
could look at it. We've had several people that have reported
observing it from the ground.
CDR You getting it right after sunset, or
about what time of the evening are they seeing it?
CC Yeah, about i hour after sunset is
about the best time to view it.
CC Jet, while I've got you here tomorrow
being your day off and you guys can sleep in. Right now
the first pass that we would plan on calling would be at
Bermuda at 13:28,
CDR Okay, that sounds sterling, have the
coffee ready.
CC Well, we'll see if we can work on it.
And if Ed is listening I can talk to him a little bit about
the ATM ops that he requested for tomorrow.
SPT Okay Crip, go ahead.
CC Rog Ed. In addition to the two revs
that we_ve currently got you scheduled for, there are five
more revs available at which we had scheduled unattended
operations. And you are welcome to any or all of those.
And we are not giving specific information on the schedule
pad for them we're still listening them as unattended ops
but if you want them there all yours_ And we're putting
some items on the SAAT shopping list things that you
might consider.
CDR Okay, CrOp I would like to take a fair
number of them and perhaps all depending on how the day works
out. I_ii certainly let you know though tomorrow as we progress
so that the people can plan for what does happen. Could you
SL-IV MC1930/2
Time: 20:50 CDT 56:01:50 GMT
119174
tell me are they all essentially before the EREP?

CC Yes sir, all of those that I spoke of
are before the EREP pass.
SPT Okay, Crip why don't you figure that
I'ii take them. And I'Ii I'ii let you know if I have to
duck out any of them, well I'ii give you plenty of notice.
CC Okay, and you have to take into account
that doesn't leave you very much time for things like PT,
or eating or showers or what have you.
SPT Yeah, that's right Crip, and that is
why I have and look the schedule over a little bit more
tonight.
CC Okay, why don't you ponder it over and
just let them know in the morning what your druthers are.
And the first one of that seven is the one that we got
noted on your summary plan, that's around 14:30 so
SPT Okay, thank you.
CC Okeydoke.
SPT Crip, I had a little observing time
this orbit so I went over and looked for that elusive loop
structure. And found some indications that Ne VII that
we had something going on there. Had counts up around 20
or 30 or so. However, that was about 58 arc-seconds off
the limb. And brighter out on the region that I suspect that
there was something. For just up north from that about
2 arc - 2 or 3 arc-minutes there were counts which were
a little bit higher than that even although there was nothing
that I could see other than some plages extending up
from below. But I really didn't have time to research the
area very much but it looks as though there is something
up there. I can't be sure whether it's a loop structure
or a prominence which is just occulting the coronal emission
from the active region behind it.
CC Okeydokep very good. And we're
going to plan on spending the evening ops here unattended
kind of working on that particular area, Would you -
SPT Yeahp I say there are some pretty strong
emissions from that region so you're going to find something
interesting no matter what your intent is.
CC Very good, and we appreciate you observa_
tions and bringing it to our attention.
SPT The while light coronograph display, Crip,
is pretty much as we discussed it all day long except
there is a fairly difuse streamer developing right around
280 well, maybe running from 260 on up to 300. It's just
very defuse in the white light coronagrapy display.
SL-IV MC1930/3
Time: 20:50 CDT 56:01:50 GMT
1/9/74
CC Copy.
SPT Crip, for the medical folks, I did change
out the umbilical leading to the SIA and I also changed the
umbilical leading to the cap.
CC Okay, we copy that, thank you.
SPT The only thing left to changeout is the
cap and the observer - with the sleeper.
CC You mean the subject there, yes.
CC Your not hinting are you?
CC We're about i minute from LOS, we're
going to go ahead and say good night here guys. If you need
us for any reason the next station contact is not - not
until Vanguard which is at 03:03. And also in case you
happen to be up there we're going to be doing a data/voice
recorder dump at that site.
SPT Roger, good night Crip.
CDR Good night, Crip.
CC I'm sorry, if I - that was Goldstone
I called at 03:03.
CC Good night guys, have a pleasant day
off.
SPT Same to you Crip,
CC I'ii go think about butter cookies and
what you can trade them for,
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1931/I
TIME: 21:00 CDT, 56:02:00 GMT
1/9/74
PAO This is Skylab Control. That completes

the Vanguard pass in which we said goodnight to the crew.
And observing the normal practice we will be giving them
i hour of uninterrupted time to prepare for bed tonight
with no conversation on the loops. We will come up at the
next station which will be Goldstone, should the crew have
any last minute items they'd like to discuss before actually
retiring at i0 p.m. Houston time, about i hour from now or
03 Greenwich mean time. Gibson reported that he'd changed
out the umbilicals in the M133 sleep monitoring experiment
which had stopped performing the last time it was used and
he said he had exchanged the umbilical leading from the - leading
to the cap and also the umbilical leading to the speaker
interphone assembly. We have a little over i hour before
we regain contact through Goldstone, California_ at 2 hours,
2 minutes Greenwich mean time, this is Skylab Control, Houston.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1932/I
TIME: 22:02 CDT, 56:03:02 GMT
1/9/74
PAO This is Skylab Control at 3 hours,

2 minutes Greenwich mean time. It's been a little more
than an hour since we said goodnight to the crew.
We don't expect any conversation on this upcoming pass
through Goldstone and Texas, however we will bring the llne
up for the start of that pass in case the crew has any last-
minute topics theyVd llke to discuss with us before they turn
in for the night. Also we have the mission surgeon's daily
report on crew health. The report reads as follows:
The crew is in excellent health and in a remarkably good
mood, looking forward to their day off activities. The Pilot
took a topical drug which promptly relieved a very mild nasal
congestion. The report was prepared by Dr. Eduard C. Burchard,
the mission surgeon. We'll leave the line up for the initial
part of this stateside pass and then if it appears there'll
be no conversatlon_ we!ll take the line down.
PAO This is Skylah Control, we_ve had loss
of siKnal and no effort on the part of the Skylab crew to
bring up any goodnight conversation, so we_'ll assume that
theatre getting tucked in for bed and we'll hear from them
tomorrow morning at 8 a.m. central daylight time. The crew
sleeping in 2 hours on their day off tomorrow. At 3 hours,
17 minutes Greenwich mean time, on day 56, this is Skylab Control,
Houston.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1933/I
Time: 08:27 CDT 56:13:27 GMT
1/10/74

Greenwich mean time. Skylab space station is now just off
the coast of South America about to be acquired through the
Bermuda tracking antenna. Pass through Bermuda is a 7-min-
ute pass. It should be the first call of the morning from
the ground. The Skylab crew was scheduled to wake up this
morning at 8:00 on their own. We'll bring the line up live
now for alr-to-ground through Bermuda for the next 7 minutes.
The spacecraft communicator is Dick Truly.
CC Skylab, Houston; good morning to you.
You're at Goldstone for 6-1/2 minutes. Correction - Bermuda
for 6-1/2 minutes.
CDR Good morning, Dick.
CC Good morning.
CC Skylab, Houston; i minute to LOS. Canary
comes up just a couple of minutes from now at 13:37.
PAO - LOS here with Bermuda out of range.
Our next acquisition is just about 20 seconds away at Canary
Island. The rest of this pass through Canary Island and
Madrid will last about 11-1/2 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston; Canary/Madrid for
11-1/2 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston; we stii] have about
6 minutes here at Madrid, and any time you guys get the sleepy
out of your eyes and want to hear some news I have it. Also,
one note for the CDR. May be a little late to help you on this
Jerry, but I'd thought I'd tell you what the real requirement
on the $201 prep is prior to the ops. You notice we stuck it
in your Flight Plan there at 14:00. What we wantis to make sure
that the prep gets accomplished at least 30 minutes prior to the
time of the ops so that there'll be time for the experiment to
outgas and - and not hurt the dsta. So if that'll help you in
sticking it in your morning's activities, have at it.
CDR Okay, Dick. Thanks.
CC Okay.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're a minute from
LOS. Carnarvon comes up at 14:13. See you there.
CDR Roger.
PAO Skylab Control at 48 minutes 30 seconds
after the hour. The Skylab space station is over eastern
Europe out of range of the tracking antenna at Madrid.
24-1/2 minutes to our next acquisition of signal at Carnarvon,
Australia. This morning the crew apparently scheduled to
wake up at 13:00. We're not absolutely certain they were
up that early. As Dick Truly indicated, we had a reading
that the sleep monitor was in use at the very beginning of
SL-IV MC-1933/2
Time: 08:27 CDT 56:13:27 GMT
1/10/74
the pass over Bermuda. That would be about at 13:30. How-

ever, we're not sure whether that was just a check being
run on it or whether it was an actual data point. In fact
Ed Gibson, who is the only one to wear the sleep
monitor, might still have been asleep. However, they didn't
get their morning news yet. They may get that about 24 min-
utes away. Most of the day off today is going to be a real
day off. There are several hours set aside for science con-
ferences, for off-duty time, and showers_ and most of the
day in fact is occupied by crew relaxation, recreation, and
exercise periods. The major activity this evening is an
Earth resources pass. It'll be made between 1:39 and 2:09
Greenwich mean time, offlcia]ly day tomorrow_ that's late
this evening for the crew. And during the rest of the day
there is an $201 maneuver scheduled to photograph the comet
Kohoutek with a special ultraviolet camera the crew took
up with them. Skylab Control; we're 23-1/2 minutes to our
next acquisition of signal.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1934/I
TIME: 09:12 CDT, 56:14:12 GMT
1/10/74

Greenwich mean time. Skylab space station is now 53 seconds
from acquisition of signal at Carnarvon. The pass through
Carnarvon will last about i0 minutes; and we're live now for
air,to,ground.
CC Skylab, Houston_ AOS Carnarvon and Honey-
suckle for i0 minutes.
CDR (garble)
CC Skylab_ Houston; say again.
CDR Hi, Dick, you (garble) the news (garble).
CC All rlghty, why don't I pass it up to yon?
"President Nixon's proposed budget will call for a higher
increase in defense spending than earlier estimates," Budget
Director _oy L. Ash says.
CC Skylab, Houston; I fell into a well
there for a moment; sorry about that. How do you read now?
CDR Read you 5 square. Say again about
President Nixon.
CC (Laughter) Okay, sorry about that.
CC President Nixon's proposed budget - Sounds
like it might happen again. Hang on.
CC Skylab_ Houston_ I_iI try it again now,
looks llke we locked up pretty good if we can keep squared
away here_ _'President Nixon_s proposed budget will call for
a higher increase in defense spending than earlier estimates,"
Budget Director Roy L. Ash says. Ash said the increase will
exceed $5 billion and sources indicated it could reach
$6 to $8 billion, Secretary of State Henry A. Kissinger
will leave Washington tonight to visit Egypt and Israel.
"At President Nixon's direction," the announcement said,
"Kissinger will make the trip in order to assist the parties
in the negotiations on the question of separation and
disengagement of their forces in the Sinai Desert and also
alon_ the Suez Canal. The trip would be Kissinger's
third to the region since the October war." In Geneva,
Switzerland, Egyptian and Israeli army officers wound up
the second week of troop pullback talks amid indications
they are marking time pending new high_level decisions.
They adjourned their sixth meeting since Dec. 26 after 90
minutes, making it the shortest yet. The next round is
scheduled for Tuesday. Texas Governer Dolph Briscoe has
signed a Texas Highway Commission order reducing the speed
limit on the state's highways from 70 miles an hour to
55, effective January 20. The commission approved the order
after a brief hearing Tuesday, and Briscoe signed it later
_n the day. Texas would have lost $240 million in federal
SL-IV MC1934/2
TIME: 09:12 CDT, 56:14:12 GMT
1/10/74
highway funds if it had failed to reduce its speed limit

to 55. A bill signed by President Nixon on January 2 orders
the secretary of transportation to disapprove highway projects
in states that fail to cut their speed limits to 55 in order
to save fuel. Bing Crosby's doctors believe he has an abscess
and lesion in one lung that might be the result of pneumonia.
The 69-year-old singer has been hospitalized ii days with
fever and chest pains. His condition was reported stable
and satisfactory Wednesday. Tissue samples were taken from
the lung lesion on Wednesday. Tests for cancer were negative.
A science teacher in Roanoke_ Virginia, doesn't like the
return to Daylight Savings Time but has put it to good use.
Mrs. - Mrs, Leeta Sink had the students in her 8 a.m. science
class at James Madison Junior High School plot the course of
the moon as it went down and the Sun as it rose. "It was a
new experience for some of them," she said. "Some had never
seen it." Here's one about the Navy. Twelve sailors who
returned home aboard the aircraft carrier Hancock claim a
world's record in a previously nonexistent athletic event -
"relay team Jogging over water." The sailors spent 36 days,
or 4660 miles from the Indian Ocean to San Francisco Bay_
Jogging around the carrier's flight deck_ night and day. They
estimated Tuesday that they circled the deck, or hanger deck
in bad weather, nearly 10,000 times. "We're definitely going
to apply to the Guinness Book of World Records for a listng,"
said Lonnie Adrian, 25, of Earth, Texas. "No matter what time
of day or night it was_ there was always another man on hand
besides the actual jogger so the chain was never broken."
Pennsylvania%s daily ski report didn't come out Wednesday
because of a snowstorm, The State Commerce Department, which
furnishes the report on ski resort conditions_ said the people
who compile it couldntt get enough - couldn't get through the
snow to work. In Buenos Aires, there was a cigarette shortage due
to labor problems. Witnesses said one man waited in a long
line_ found his brand was out of stock, bit the vendor and
fled the scene. And, CDR, Houston; there's a joke here that
Flight is going to make me read up to you that he thinks you'll
really appreciate. In Honolulu, U.S. District Judge Samuel
King provoked a mixture of laughter and booing with a pun from
the bench. King was presiding Wednesday over the selection
of a Jury for a tax fraud trial when he was told by one
prospective juror that she planned a vacation to the island
of Maul during January. "Ah, here today, gone to Maul,"
King quipped as he excused her from jury duty.
CDR Arrgh.
CC My comments exactly.
SL-IV MC1934/3
TIME: 09:12 CDT, 56:14:12 GMT
1/10/74
CDR Thank you, Dick. We hope Bln_ gets

to feelin_ better.
CC Roger; me too.
CC SPT, Houston; for your information, The
data we got on the M133 looked real good all night long,
so it looks like that one's worked out.
CC Skylab, Houston; in about a minute we're
goin_ to hand over from Carnarvon to Honeysuckle_ and I'm
not sure whether we're going to drop out or not. But I'ii
give you a call when we're locked up good at Honeysuckle.
PLT Okay, Dick.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1935/I
Time: 09:22 CDT 56:14:22 GMT
1/10/74
CC Skylab, Houston, in about a minute we're

going to hand over from Carnarvon to Honeysuckle. And I'm
not sure whether we're going to drop out or not, but I'ii
give you a call when we're locked up good at Honeysuckle.
CDR Okay, Dick.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're locked up at Honey-
suckle good now and 3-i/2 minutes left.
CC Skylabp Houston, we're a minute from LOS
MILA comes up at 15:00.
CDR Roger.
time. Skylab space station is now out of range of Honeysuckle
Creek after a pass through Carnarvon and Honeysuckle Creek.
We're now 31 minutes from our next acquisition of signal at
Merritt Island, Florida, At the present time this morning the
Skylab crew should all be working at different things, a physical
training period for Commander Jerry Carr is scheduled to begin
about now. And we're Just now into the daylight period with
a little over an hour of daylight on the space station during
this revolution. And Science Pilot Ed Gibson is at work at
the solar panels for observing the Sun. And at this time Pilot
Bill Pogue has some off,duty time coming, about 2-1/2 hours
before he has to begin preparations for a maneuver to photograph
the comet Kohoutek. As soon as Ed Gibson gets off the ATM
console he %11 go to his phyiscal training period, his exercise
period and tken take a shower. And right after Jerry Carr
finishes his exercises this morning he_ll be takin_ his shower.
That begins about 16:00 Greenwich mean time, about an hour
and a half after he has thoroughly exercised. This is Skylab
Control, 3Q minutes to our next acquisition of signal. 30 minutes
and 37 seconds after the hour,
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1936/I
Time: 09:59 CDT 56:14:59 GMT
1/10/74

time. The Skylab space station is now 56 seconds from acqui-
sition of signal at Merritt Island, Florida. This pass through
Merritt Island and Bermuda will last approximately 14 minutes.
Spacecraft communicator is Dick Truly and the flight director
on duty is Phil Shaffer. This morning the average temperature
on the orbital workshop is 71 degrees. That's about the
same as yesterday, and it appears to have reached its bottom
level. Powerdown was completed several days ago on space
station with the lights being turned down to keep the tempera-
tures low. They'll expect it to go up to about 79 degrees in
the next eight days, as the Sun angle is a very long one right
now. We're in the Sun a vast majority of the time, much more
then usual. We're coming up live now on Merritt Island.
We'll bring the line up for Dick Truly.
CC Skylab, Houston; hello stateside for
13-1/2 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're going to be dumping
the data/voice recorder here, and PLT, Houston, for your per-
sonal planning your phone call is scheduled this afternoon
23:12 at MILA.
CC Skylab, Houston; having a little comm
troubles this morning. I'm not sure exactly what portion of
my call went up or if all of it did. We're AOS stateside for
12-1/2 minutes. We're going to dump the data/voice recorder
here, and for the PLT, for you planning, your phone call at
MILA at 23:12 this afternoon.
PLT Roger.
CC Houston; we're a minute from LOS.
Madrid comes up at 15:18. See you then.
CDR Roger, Dick.
time. The Skylab space station is now over the North Atlantic
out of range of Bermuda, about 2 minutes and 50 seconds to
our acquisition at Madrid. For those who don't care much
for shifting their circadian rhythms there's some good news
today for the end of the Skylab mission, scheduled now for
February 8. Normally on previous missions crew's body rhythms
have been changed a week in advance to allow them to adjust
to the early morning splashdown, which requires several hours
of preparation and normally enough that they had to get up the
previous afternoon. But this time the rhythm will be shifted
in two large jumps. On February 6 the crew will get up about
3 hours earller then they had previously and then on Feb-
ruary 7 they'll get up another 4 or 5 hours earlier then that.
That's the predicted plan now for the end of the mission, with
the wakeup schedule on February 7 for their February 8 splash-
SL-IV MC-1936/2
Time: 09:59 CDT 56:14:59 GMT
1/10/74
down. The wakeup then is scheduled to take place about 2:00

Greenwich mean time; that's the evening of the 7th. Now
about a minute and 50 seconds from acquisition of signal at
Madrid. We'll leave the line up llve for air-to-ground there.
Dick Truly's the spacecraft communicator. So far this morn-
ing one minimum impulse burst of thruster attitude control
sytem gas has been used. That was a 5 pounds per sq -
5 pound seconds of gas used to desaturate the control moment
gyroscope to allow it to continue maintaining the attitude
properly. And out in the Pacific Ocean there are relatively
high winds and waves that have been affecting the recovery
ship. 12-foot swells and 6-foot waves with 30-knot winds
reported yesterday, as the recovery ship is about 600 miles
from Hawaii. Recovery again is scheduled at the present time
to be February 8 provided the medical approval can be given
by the medical team, which is meeting today at the end of
the 50 - 56-day point in the mission. The crew will reach
the 8-week point tomorrow morning. They are about 3-1/2 days
from passing the total time in space of the second Skylab
crew, which would make this the longest mission on record.
That day again is 59-1/2 days is the record. The crew today
will be in their hour - they are in their 56th day. They'll
complete day 56 tomorrow morning at - just after 8:00 central
daylight time. Correction; that's just after 9:00 of - They were
launched at 8:01:23 central standard time and they'll reach
they 56-day point tomorrow morning. We're now about 18 sec-
onds from acquisition at Madrid. We'll leave the line up.
The pass lasts about 8 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston; Madrid for 6 minutes.
LOS. Next station pass is Carnarvon abo_ _6 minutes from
now at 15:51, and SPT, Houston; are yon getting a normal image
on the XUV monitor? We're not showing anything down here.
SPT Yes, I am, Dick.
CC Okay. The indication we had an indica-
tion on the inner door that looked funny but if you're getting
a normal image, appreciate that information.
time. Skylab space station is over Eastern Europe. This
begins the descending track across the Asian continent.
24 minutes and 50 seconds to our next acquisition of signal.
That will be through the Carnarvon, Australia tracking antenna.
Skylab crew Jerry Carr, Ed Gibson, and Bill Pogue were
awakened sometime after 8:00 this morning. They have the day
off today, although they'll spend about ii hours altogether
working on various science projects. Science Pilot Ed Gibson
spending two periods of solar observation at the ATM instru-
SL-IV MC-1936/3
Time: 09:59 CDT 56:14:59 GMT
1/10/74
He may take a little of his own free time to observe in addi-

tion to that. He's indicated over the last several days he
wants to spend more time observing the Sun as it's moving
to its final active period for the Skylab mission. About
another week and a half remaining before the Sun again turns
back to a quiet state as it - as its active longitudes move
out of view from the Earth. Also scheduled today is a series
of science conferences with coordinators, scientific experi-
ments here on the ground with some of the princiapl investi-
gators, including solar investigator on S052 Robert MacQueen.
This evening an Earth resources pass is being made along
groundtrack 49 to gather data for geological, land use, and
mapping purposes in Malaysia, to study sea ice movement from
the Sea of (garble) to the ocean around Japan, and to measure
the temperature distribution of power station affluence into
the coastal waters of Japan. Pass begins at 8:39 p.m. central
daylight time and ends at 9:09 p.m. central daylight time.
Commander Carr will be manning the viewfinding tracking system
and Bill Pogue at the control and display console for the
Earth resources experiment and Ed Gibson will be handling the
Earth terrain camera out of the scientific airlock. And an
$201 a ultraviolet electronographic camera will be in use
today out of the scientific airlock to photograph the comet
Kohoutek. A maneuver for that purpose is being planned for a
very short period from now. Also today handheld optional
and scheduled Earth-feature photographic sites are snow
patterns in the U.S. Great Plains, wave action and lake
ice on Lake Ontario, sea ice in the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
fault zones and insect crop disease infestation, and one
other target for observation only is the Goddard Space Flight
Center laser which will be emitting green light at a total
of i0 watts today. That's a higher then usual watt output
for the laser is an attempt to penetrate heavy weather con-
ditions over the east coast. There are no medical experiments
scheduled today as is the normal practice for the crew day
off. Several hours have been set aside for recreation/relax-
ation and also time for showers today and the regular hour
and a half of exercise period. A few minutes to our next
acquisition of signal, 29 minutes after the hour. This is
Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1937/I
TIME: 10:50 CDT, 56:15:50 GMT
1110174
PAO Skylab Control at 15;50 Greenwich mean

time. The Skylab space station is now Just about to come
within acquisition of signal through the Carnarvon, Australia
tracking antenna. We have a 9-minute pass at Carnarvon
and then a couple of minutes of interruption before we're
picked up by Honeysuckle Creek. The spacecraft communicator
is Dick Truly and we're live now at Carnarvon.
CC Skylab, Houston; AOS Carnarvon for 7-1/2
minutes.
CDR Thank you, Dick.
CC Skylab, Houston. You might want to
review your powerdown for unattended, We're about a fe_
minutes here from daylight and we're planning on doing some
unattended ops here. And also a comment for the CDR if
he's close.
CDR Roger; go ahead.
CC Jerry, we just had the pleasure in here
of watchin_ your TV that you did on your gyroscope demonstration
and it was absolutely outstanding. And I'd like you to know
that right after you gave the little education about the
CMGs and so forth that Harry Clancy, our GNS turned around
and said, "By gosh, FLIGHT, I think I've got it."
CDR Hang in there, Harry, I'm trying to get
it too.
CC No, it was really - it really was out-
standing, Jerry. It was a good demo.
CDR Thank you, Dick; appreciate the good words.
CC Roger.
SPT Say, Dick, in talking with Crip last
night on today's planning for ATM, the words we came up with
were that I was planning on working these ATM passes up to
the last one I had included on my schedule except for maybe
one or two which I'ii try to tell you about. And I haven't
mentioned anything, so I assume that the ground was thinking
I'd be taking these ATM passes. I may be taking and ducking
out of one there towards the end and I'ii try and figure
it out fairly soon here. But you - with their concurrence,
I'd llke to press on with a couple of more orbits here.
CC Well, I'ii tell you what, Ed, that's
absolutely okay with us. And we will beat Crip on the head
this evening because the word we had was that you were going
to let us know which passes you wanted it. And since you
hadn't said anything so far this morning we weren't going
to really bug you about it. But why don't we Just assume
you'll be taking the daylight passes until you tell us
different.
SPT Okay, thank you very much, Dick.
SL-IV MC1937/2
TIME: 10:50 CDT, 56:15:50 GMT
1/10/74
CC Yes, sir.
SPT (garble) a couple of things I've been
doing and looking at in the pass orbit or so.
CC Okay, go ahead.
SPT Okay, first of all with the standard
pictures we've been taking the corona now appears to have
a - a streamer at around 290, fairly faint but not anywhere
near as diffuse as it was yesterday. It's getting a lot
more organized, little narrower, little little more contrast.
The ones which were 230, 240 or so, now there appears to
be Just one helmet streamer around 240, and a spike at 230.
That's the appearance it has; whether that's really - it's reality
or not, I can't judge. We have one at - still at 300. It
used to be a spike a couple of days ago, and now it's Just
become rather diffuse and spread - and spreading out the
further you go. That is Just a wedge shape with the plate
of the wedge closer to the llmb. XUV monitor shows all
the active regions, of course, which we've spoken of plus a
lot of llmb brightenlnK at around 230 on up to 270, and
a good active region there coming around the bend. That's
the area which I've been looking at. And we spoke of loops
yesterday. I think loops probably is the incorrect term,
they're more arches. We're not talking about circles, if
you will, resting on the limbs, more arches spreading from
one portion of the llmb to the other with maybe about
oh, a fifth or so or sixth of a circle, if you will. Maybe
60 de - 60 degrees or so at the most. There are two arches
which are discernible in the XUV monitor and I just spent
a very frustrating orbit just trying to pin those down using
the 55 instrument. I was able to establish several peaks
in neon VII and a very diffuse one in magnesium X and a good
one in oxygen IV. However, they don't really coincide with
what I'm really able to see in the XUV monitor. I think I
do have a reasonable peak, though to work with at around
244 degrees from solar north. So I'll be working them on
the next orbit. I've spent a lot of time this past one, Just
trying to map out what the situation is over there. I
still have to admit it's not straightforward at all. And
I'll try to get - get it a little better in hand on this next
orbit. And then try to get some good spectra on the real
interesting points.
MCC Okay, Ed. Thank you very much for keeping
us updated and please continue anytime you have a chance.
SPT Will do, Dick. Thank you.
CC Yes, sir.
SL-IV MC-1937/3
Time: 10:50 CDT, 56:15:50 GMT
1/lO/74
PLT Dick, PLT. l'd llke for you to check

on something for me.
CC Okay.
PLT Subject is TV-107 recorded some stuff
several days ago and I'm getting ready to tear down the
equipment here, and it just occurred to me I had not had
a comment on it. Would you check and see that that all got
down and voice with it.
CC Okay, Bill. Hang on.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about a minute
from LOS. Honeysuckle comes up in 4 minutes.
SPT Dick, I see I missed the TV downlink
on this past orbit. If there's anyway I can get that informa-
tion back to them, either VTR or TV downlink on subsequent
orbit, let me know.
CC Okay. Why don't you let me get back
to you the best way to handle that?
SPT Thank you.
time. Skylab space station is south of Australia out of
range of Carnarvon about 2 minutes and 50 seconds to acqui-
sition at Honeysuckle Creek. Dick Truly was praising
Commander Carr on a very fine television of the operation
of gyroscopes in zero gravity. Spacecraft communicator
told the commander of the Skylab mission that television of
the control moment gyroscope was very instructive to Harry
Clancy, who is the guidance officer here in the Mission
Control and the man who is responsible for keeping track of
the control moment gyros and their every behavior from
moment to moment. Science pilot also said that he'd like
to take the next couple of passes at the solar instruments.
The ground was a little concerned that they would not have
control of the instruments as the Skylah crew is Just about
to go back into the daylight period of the orbit. The
science pilot did say earlier that he did want as many
passes as possible and it was not clear to the ground that
he was going to take the next couple of them. That means
that he_s going to be postponing his exercise period and
shower at least for a little while as he works at the ATM.
He was _ -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1938/I
Time: 10:02 CDT, 56;16:02 GMT
1/10/74

time. Skylab space station is south of Australia out of
range of Carnarvon about 2 minutes and 50 seconds to acquisi-
tion at Honeysuckle Creek. Dick Truly was praising Commander
Carr on some very fine television of the operation of gyro-
scopes in zero gravity. Spacecraft communicator told the
commander of the Skylab Mission that, television of the
control moment gyroscopes is very instructive to Harry
Clancy, who's the guidance officer here in Mission Control.
And the man who's responsible for keeping tack of the control
moment gyros and their every behavior from moment to moment.
Science pilot also said that he_d llke to take the next
couple of passes at the solar instruments. The ground was
a little concerned that they would not have control of the
instruments as the Skylab Crew's just about to go back into
the daylight period of the orbit. Science pilot did say
earlier, that he wanted as many passes as possible and it
was not clear to t_e ground that _e was going to take the
next couple of them, That means that he's going to be
postponing his exercise period and shower, at least for a
little while as he works at the ATM. He was scheduled to
be in his exercise period now. He may have taken some
exercise before going back to the panel. There's more than
an hour of daylight remaining to them_ about an hour and
5 minutes in each daylight cycle today. And he'll be
working at t_e solar instruments. He gave a brief report
on what he could see, streamers and helmets and spikes,
various kinds of shapes of material in the upper atmosphere
of the Sun, an area that can't be seen at all from the ground
because of the bright light of the Sun's surface. He also
indicated there was some llmb brightening again around the
eastern or left edge of the Sun's disk. That limb-brightening
is probably related to another active region about to move
into the face of the disk. There are a couple of active
regions now and they are of reasonable strength. And should
give them some interest during the next week or so as they
observe the Sun in its last active phase for the Skylab
mission. 55 seconds now_ from acquisition of signal at
Honeysuckle Creek. We'll bring the line up. The pass here
is a very brief one, about a minute and a half.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS Honeysuckle
for a real short passp about a minute and a half. Texas
comes up at 16:34 and SPT, Houston. When we get to Texas,
we have enough time there right after the Texas AOS to get
the TV downlink. So as soon as we locked up good, I'ii let you
know there and we can pick up at that point. And PLT, Houston.
In answer to your question on TV i07_ we_ve called some
of the folks over at Marshall who have taken a look at all
SL-IV MC-1938/2
Time: 10:02 CDT, 56:16:02 GMT
1/10/74
the downlink and ask them - However, it's going to be a

little while before we get an answer. So if it isn't
inconvenient to you, we'd appreciate it if you wouldn't
tear it down yet. And then after this -At least by the
Madrid pass, that follows this next state side passp we'll
get you an answer.
PLT Okay.
CC Thank you.
CDR Houston, CDR.
CC Go.
CDR Hey, Dick. A little historical question,
Can you research and find out for us what day it was that
we lost CMG i?
CC Sure thing.
CDR Say, Dick. I just realized, We_ve got
a master anomaly list, we can get that information ourselves.
CC Well, as a matter of fact, I was looking
in the master MAL here and going to look it up for you. We'll
get it to you.
CDR Okay.
CC It was day 327, Jerry. We think. We're
checking that.
CDR Okay,
CC That's correct, 327,
PAO Sky lab Control at 16:06 Greenwich mean
time. The Skylab space station is out of range of Honey-
suckle Creek. 27 minutes to our next acquisition. In this
last pass, Bill Pogue's answer given back to him on the
question of (garble) the TV 107, that's still being evaluated over
at Marshall. The TV is - about 20 minutes of it has already
been seen here in Mission Control with good sound. It's
television of a water drop and the behavior of a water drop
plus some other liquids in zero gravity. Very interesting
TV, but they want to make sure that everything was accomplished
that was required in that TV. And, also, Commander Carr asking
about when the first control moment gyroscope failed. It
failed on the 8th day of the mission, on day 327 of the year.
Of last year, that was. And that failure occurred the day
after the EVA. Launch was day 320 of the year on November
16, on day 327, the CMG failed, i day after the spacewalk.
Primarily it's believed brought on by the stresses imposed
during the period following that extended spacewalk, a 6-1/2
hour EVA. Today, Mariner I0 observations of comet Kohoutek
began according to reports from the Kohoutek Center here in
Mission Comtrol. Those observations will begin January i0,
and will last at least for the next 19 days, using both tele-
vision and the ultraviolet airglow spectrometer on Mariner i0.
SL-IV MC-1938/3
Time: 10:02 CDT, 56:16:02 GMT
1/10/73
Rocket launches are also planned. One has been scheduled for
January ii. And (garble) B launch has been scheduled for
January 13, to gather additional data on comet Kohoutek, which
is continuing to fade, although, it remains with sufficient
brightness to be seen with the naked eye. And could be seen
very well by those people who are wise enough to have pur-
chased telescopes in advance of the event. 25 minutes and
25 seconds to our next acquisition of signal. This is Skylab
Control at 8 minutes and 45 seconds after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1939/I
Time: 11:33 CDT 56:16:33 GMT
1110174

sition at the Corpus Christi, Texas, station. This pass
through Corpus Christi, Merritt Island, and Bermuda will last
approximately 17-1/2 minutes. We'll bring the line up live
now for air-to-ground at the U.S. and Bermuda Stations.
Spacecraft communictor is Dick Truly, the flight director is
Phil Shaffer.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're AOS at Texas state-
side for 6 - 16-1/2 minutes, and SPT, Houston, we're ready
for the TV downlink.
SPT Okay, Dick. I'm working on the limb so
the best I'ii be able to give you is the XUV MONITOR, but
I'ii go ahead.
CC Okay.
PLT Dick, a quick question for the photo people.
CC Okay. Go ahead, Bill.
PLT I have this handheld of the tree infestation
up in New England and have IR film and l'd like a recommenda-
tion for the setting of the Nikon 300.
CC Okay.
CDR Houston_ CDR.
CC Go, Jer.
CDR Roger. We're looking at that big circu-
lar green structure, Mexico City_ again. I shouldn't may
structure. It's manmade, and it's kind of - it's got concentric
rin_s and they've got a few squares of tan in it and,
but for the most part it looks like green green grass. It's
very, very large. I don't think it's an athlete field. I
think it's more like an agricultural experiment area or some-
thing.
CC Does it look like it's outside the main
city proper or in - inside of it?
CDR That's affirmative. It looks like it's
outside of the city.
CC Okay. We'll continue our search.
CDR It's northeast of the airport and, oh,
it must be I0 miles outside the - the main part of the city,
and probably I0 or 15 from the airport.
CC Okay, Jer. Thanks for the additional in-
formation. We'll - We'll track her down yet.
CDR Looks like the duty cloud bank still
sitting over Houston.
CC Roger, that. It Just won't leave us.
We've been hoping it'd get clear around here so everybody
could have a chance at looking for the comet after sunset,
but no Joy for the last few days.
SL-IV MC-1939/2
Time: 11:33 CDT 56:16:33 GMT
1/10/74
CDR Mississippi's really spewing out the mud

and silt today.
PLT Hey, Dick. If you can get those settings,
I'm getting ready to take these pictures of Cape Cod as soon
as I get this maneuver in.
CC Okay. I got them ready right here Bill.
You ready to listen?
PLT Go.
CC Okay. In general we'd like you to use
the settings for the CX film exterior on the still camera
exterior photo cue card. However, for this upcoming oppor-
tunity here are the numbers; Sun angle is 20, F-stop is 4.5
and 1/500.
PLT Okay. That's the word I wanted to hear.
Thank you.
CC Yes sir. Incidentally, Bill, I also have
a couple of words on TV-107 when yon get a chance this morn-
ing. Might help if yon have the TV ops book when we talk about it.
PLT Okay.
CC SPT, Houston. On H-alpha 1 request NIGHT
INTERLOCK to NORMAL when you get a chance.
CC Okay.
PLT And Dick, Cape Cod is under clouds.
Couldn't get that photo. You might have the people check
their window. They called out the wrong STS window. Should
have been S-2 I think instead of S-4.
CC By gosh we'll sure check it, Bill.
Thanks for trying, sorry about the weather.
PLT Try agai n next time.
CC Sure. Skylab, Houston; we're a minute
to LOS. Madrid comes up at 16:55.
SPT Talk to you then, Dick. On the XUV downllnk
which I Just sent down, the best since integrations I've found
for viewing it without a persistent image scope are around 2 - 2 to,
4 seconds probably 3 is about the best. You can see Just the bare
hint of an arc structure. You can not really discern that the
intensity drops off as you go in, however. You can Just
barely make it out. I can see it a little bit better on the
XUV monitor with the persistent image scope, however; and I
was able to get a peek in neon 7, this past orbit and get some
spectral data on it.
CC Okay, Ed. Thank you.
SPT Dick, one thing they shouldn't be led
astray on - which I think got me on a couple of occasions is there's
some little tick marks on the center of the XUV monitor, and
those tick marks will obscure part of a plage and tend to make
SL-IV MC-1939/3
Time: 11:33 CDT 56:16:33 GMT
1/10/74
- that you're seeing something that you're really not, that is and
an arch when it's really in the mirror, and I had to move off
those tick marks (garble).
CC Roger, Ed. We're going over the hill
and (garble).
time. The Skylab space station is now over the North Atlantic.
and our next acquisition of signal a little more then 3 min-
utes away we'll be at Madrid. (Garble) Commander Carr asking
a question, what is - what is he seeing outside Mexico City.
An earlier description given by the Commander indicated it
was a circular structure in the general vicinity of the air-
port and it was believed then it might be a large soccer
field in Mexico City. However, the description given to us
just now indicates it's about i0 or 15 miles from the air-
port to the northeast of the city and outside the urban area
of Mexico City. He said that looking at the inside of the
structure, which appears to be very circular, it has some
rectangular areas inside with brownish and greenish colors
in it, and it appears to him that it might be an agricultural
area. No answer from the Earth resources staff here as to
what that might be. Another question still unanswered is
what a large greenish area in northern Minnesota or possibly
southern Canada or conceivably in northern Wisonsin. It was not
well def - defined by the crew several days ago. They did
ask again what is a large circular greenish area there. It
looked like a crater to them. That time the Earth resources
personnel indicated there was only one large crater
known known in the northern Minnesota area and that was
south of International Falls about a mile across. They do
not believe that's the one the crew was referring to and we've
had no further advisories as to what they might have seen
in that area, It's difficult for the crew to pinpoint it.
They had trouble locating Minneapolis in relation to it, and
because of that the Earth resources people have been stymied
so far in their efforts to aid the crew in identifying that
Earth surface feature. Visual oservatlons have been a very
important part of the Skylab mission so far with several
hundred pictures being taken already by the crew of a variety
of _ -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1940/I
Time: 11:54 CDT 56:16:54 GMT
1/10/74
PAO - well defined by the crew a couple of

days a_o. They did ask again what is the large circular greenish
area there. It looked like a crater to them. At that time the
Earth resources personnel indicated there was only one large
crater known in the northern Minnesota area, and that was south
of International Falls about a mile across. They do not
believe that was the one the crew was referring to and we've
had no further advisories as to what they might have seen £n
that area. It was difficult for the crew to pinpoint it. They
had trouble locating Minneapolis in relation to it. And because
of that the Earth resources people have been stymied so far
in their efforts to aid the crew in identifying that Earth
surface feature. Visual observations have been a very important
part of the Skylab mission so far with several hundred pictures
being taken already by the crew. A variety of Earth features
and one of the most important which is oceanography, ocean
currents and wakes and eddies. A number of new things previously
unidentified have been spotted by the space crew. A minute
and 15 seconds from our next acquisition of signal at Madrid
where we have a 7-minute pass. We'll bring the line up live
now for Dick Truly the spacecraft communicator.
CC Skylab, Houston, AOS Madrid for 6-1/2 minutes.
CC And SPT, Houston, we did copy your comments
about the Ti_ marks on XUV MON as you were going over the hill.
You did finally go down in the mud though.
CC Skylab, Houston, sorry I missed your call.
Say again, please.
CDR Did you say you missed the SPT's comments?
CC I got the SPT's comments as we were going
LOS at the last site about the Tigs on the XUV monitor. I
understood - COMM TECH told me that you called here at this site
and I did miss that.
CDR Okay, we're Just checking to find out what
you had and hadn't gotten at the last one.
CC Okay. Well, we did get Ed's comments but
he did finally go down in the mud, but we did get his comments
about how the Tig marks could fake you off on observations on
XUV MON.
CDR Okay.
CC And a reminder just for Bill. Again, I have
the information you asked for on TV-107 anytime. We've still
got 4-1/2 minutes here.
CDR He'll be right with you.
CC And Jerry, one comment for you. We have
a couple of people on the team who have been down to Mexico
City recently and they advise us that about i0 miles to the
SL-IV MC-1940/2
Time: 11:54 CDT 56:16:54 GMT
1/10/74
northeast of the city, and we did find on our - on a map of

Mexico City a little dotted circular line that looks llke
there is something out there although it isn't indicated
what it is here, he says that out there there is a large
lake-bed sort of a thing that is intermittently has more or
less some water in it and it's used for tour, boat tours and
that sort of thing. And it sounds llke it might be Just about
in the right spot. We can't say that's what you're looking at
but if you see any water in there that very likely may be it.
CDR Well, the surprising thing is, Dick, that it's
a perfect circle and it's got zones in it of different colors
of green and some brown, and it looked more like grass than
anything.
CC Okay. Well, we're continuing to think
about it but that was the best indi suggestion that we could
give you right now.
CDR Sounds llke the right location though.
CC Rog.
PLT Okay, Dick, I have TV-107 out.
CC Okay, Bill. First of all they reviewed all
of it, and I got a couple of comments. First on page A-15,
item B-II, they never - they believe that you didn't do which
was - doing the same thing with colored water that you had done
with alcohol, or if you did do it somehow or another that
didn't get down. Also there was a pen and ink to this procedure
that added a single step, which was item Echo that should have
been put in at the bottom of page A-16. Do you have that in there?
That also wasn't done.
PLT That's affirmative. That was not done.
I couldn't develope the skills to do that Echo at the time. I'll
work with it and see if I can get it to do that.
CC Okay. One more comment, on section A
down there around step, well when you do that business that's
illustrated there on the page - bottom of page A-14 where
you put the little needles in the ball, they had a suggestion -
You did follow the procedures very well that are listed in
the book. They did have a suggestion that might make that
show up better if you would ever care to do that again, and
that is put the needles or wire, I think you were using, into
the ball of liquid and let it stay there until oscillations
are completely damped out and then very rapidly, simultaneously
remove the two pieces of wire from each side of the ball and
then continue to take TV of the ball so that we can look at
the oscillation, the types oscillations and so forth as they
get damped out. I would like to make the point to you though
that I don_t know what you guys are doing today, and you can
certainly do anything you want to do, but the TV for this
SL-IV MC-1940/3
Time: 11:54 CDT 56:16:54 GMT
1/10/74
science demo certainly comes beneath the priority of you guys using
it for your own, whatever you guys would like to put on the VTR
today. So don't feel like we're asking you to do much extra
work today that you hadn't planned on. It's strictly up to
you.
PLT Sure, understand, Dick. And also the last
item you mentioned doesn't work. I tried the wire Just to
point the wire in the bubble you can pull out and very little
happens at all. And they mentioned the thing going from a
pancake to an oblong ellipsoid, and you don't even get
anything approaching that. All you get is the tiniest little
vibration.
CC Okay, Bill, thank you very much. We're
about - we're about 30 seconds from LOS. And Tananarive is
coming up at 17:19.
PLT Okay.
time. Skylab space station is now over the Mediteranean Just
passing out of range of the tracking antenna at Madrid. About
15 minutes and 45 seconds to our next acquisition at Tananarive.
This is Skylab Control at 3 minutes i0 seconds after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1941/I
Time: 12:17 CDT, 56:17:17 GMT
1/10/74
PAO Skylab Control at 17:17:52 Greenwich

mean time. The Skylab space station is now 55 seconds from
acquisition of signal through the Tananarive voice relay
station on the island of Madagascar. The Mexican Consulate
has informed us that the area outside Mexico City appears to
be a Lake Dexcoco, which is almost a dry lake bed. That
would account for the concentric rings, we believe. And
also, it may account for that fact that there appears to be
some vegetation in the bottom of the circular area identified
by the astronauts in their last pass over Mexico City, just
a short time ago. We'll bring the line up live now for Dick
Truly, who will, no doubt, be passing that information along
to the crew at this statio_ at Tananarive. The line is live
now for a period of about 5 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston. Hello at Tananarive
for a scheduled 4-1/2 minutes. We might drop out a little
early this pass. If we do, Honeysuckle is at 17:42. And
a couple of notes for you guys. SPT, Houston. If you're
going to run the next ATM daylight cycle, I do have a note.
SPT Yeah, Dick.
CC SPT, Houston. We dropped out there for
just a second. The note that I had for you, if you're going
to run the next pass, is we would like for you to perform
a building block 2 for a midday synoptic. We'd like you
to omit 82 Alfa and perform a 55 MIRROR AUTO RASTER detectors
all grating zero.
SPT Okay, Dick. I sure will do that. I've
been giving them a building block 32 at the beginning of
each one of these orbits so that you have some synoptics on it
but not the standard mode. Also, I'ii go ahead and take the
orbits on up to the EREP, which we'll be doing later this
evening. So just let those folks on the ground send up any
information they would - anything they'd like me to do - go
ahead and carry it out. What I plan to do now is go on back
to that loop structure and try to roll, get right to the exact
same position and then roll, to bive 82B a position off of
that loop in pretty much of a quiet region, but in the exact
same distance from the above the limb and give them a back-
ground structure - or a background spectra. And then also give
54 a fairly long exposure greater than 17 minutes. I'ii roll
in a way which will give them good dispersion.
CC Okay, Ed. The only thing we see in
between here and EREP for you is those science conferences.
So, that sounds like a good plan to us. I thought I'd pass
up to you - I did have a mission note here for you that was
only to be read up in case you asked for something to do.
Why don't you let me just tell you what their thoughts are
SL-IV MC-1941/2
Time: 12:17 CDT, 56:17:17 GMT
1/10/74
and you can - but, strictly your choice. First of - -

SPT Okay.
CC First of all there were a bunch of
shopping list items on the SAP, that I'm sure you're wor -
I sure you've already read and are working into your
observing time. Also, you might consider running the no
EREP alternate ops that were scheduled on - at 22:23 on the
that's a no - no EREP alternate ATM schedule pad as a
consideration. And also S052, sometime, would like another
white light coronagraph Sun center null pointing test, if
that's convenient. I'd like to reiterate though that there's
no priority implied in any of these and if you - from your
own observations, if you think that something else would be
smarter than any of this, have at it.
SPT Okay. Ask them if they'd like to have
that done - that null pointing done with their building block 2
coming up next orbit.
CC Okay. That's affirm, Ed. That'd be
just fine. And we're about a minute from LOS. Honeysuckle
comes up at 17:42. And I did have one short note or
amplifying remarks for Bill Pogue on the TV-107. Your descrip-
tion of those very tiny oscillations were kind of interesting
to the guys. And, if you do do that again, they would
like to see that on TV. If you do it, be sure that the
thing is as stable as possible prior to extracting the
needle from the little bubble, because in some cases in the
other demo, the oscillation's already present at the time that
the needles were taken out, made it kind of difficult to
analyze. So just use your own judgement on that.
PAO Skylab Control at 17:23:47 Greenwich
mean time. Skylab space station has now gone out of range
at Tananarive. Our next acquisition is 17-1/2 minutes away
at Honeysuckle. This is Skylab Control at 24 minutes after
the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1942/I
Time: 12:40 CDT 56:17:40 GMT
1/10/74

time. We're now just about to be acquired through the
Honeysuckle Creek, Australia tracking station. This pass
through Honeysuckle is a very brief one, about a minute and
a half of acquisition of signal, and we'll leave the line up
live now for air-to-ground through Honeysuckle.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're AOS Honeysuckle
for about a - another short pass for about a minute and a half.
Goldstone comes up at 18:10. Only thing I have here at this
pass is when we get to stateside next time we wanted to re-
peat the little procedure that we did several weeks ago with
you guys when we got in contact with our contractor facility
up in St. Louis. We wanted to pull a couple of circuit
breakers over about a 4- or 5-minute period and that will re-
quire if you guys can support it, either CDR or PLT, to
help me out for 4 or 5 minutes up around panel 200. We're
try -
CDR Go, Dick.
CC Okay. We're still trying to chase down
our funnies in telemetry subsystem.
PLT PLT on the panel STS.
CC Okay. Wetre not going to need you, Bill,
until we get up during the next stateside pass, which is
when you're in contact with St. Louis. The time, inciden-
tally, on that is 18:16.
time. Skylab space station now over the South Island of
New Zealand. It's out of range of the tracking antenna at
Honeysuckle Creek. 26 minutes to our next acquisition at Gold-
stone. During this last pass Dick Truly giving the message
to Bill Pogue that they'd like to have him flip a couple of
switches at their - during their next pass over the United
States so that McDonnel Douglas in St. Louis can take a look
at the telemetry system. They've had very slight problems
with the telemetry, a number of noise interruptions and some
unreadable data at various times during the last couple of
weeks, and for that reason they'd like to do a more thorough
checkout of the systems, see if they can detect what is pro-
ducing the inaccuracies in the telemetry system. Hadn't
caused any serious problems, all the telemetry can be handled
very well even with the minor interruptions in the data,
but that is something they'd like to improve on if they can.
25 minutes to our next acquisition of signal, 45 minutes after
the hour. This is Skylab Control.
sition of signal through the Geldstene tracking antenna. This
SL-IV MC-1942/2
Time: 12:40 CDT 56:17:40 GMT
1110174
pass through Goldstone, Texas, Merritt Island, and Bermuda

is a very lengthy one. We should have acquisition over
approximately an 18-minute period. WeWe'll bring the line up
llve for Dick Truly the spacecraft communicator.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're AOS stateside for
about ii minutes, and I'Ii give you guys a call when we have
data from our - from up in St. Louis so we can get some help
up at panel 200. That's about 5 minutes away.
CDR Roger, Dick.
CC Also, Jerry, I have a question here on
flight planning. We've got a little idea that could help us
from time to time. Namely the first time it could help us
is in getting somebody at - possibly getting somebody a straight
instead of a split PT tomorrow but we're not sure it's okay
with you.
CDR Okay; go ahead.
CC Okay. The specific question is we - you
know, when we run into some of these corollary maneuvers -
corollary opportunities that require maneuver, we have been
pretty studiously avoiding giving - showing in the Flight
Plan that the maneuver for that be accomplished by the guy
who happens to be sitting on the ATM console at the same time.
If the - the guy that is sitting at the ATM console can work
the maneuver execution into his operations there every now
and then that - that opens a good opportunity for us to take
advantage of something else, and we've got a situation That
Phil and I were just sitting here talking about on tomorrow's
Flight Plan and wanted to get your thoughts on it.
CDR Well, what do you say we try it. We've
done it once or twice up here, just kind of ad-lib when
the opportunity presented itself, and let's try scheduling it.
CC Okay. We are not sure that for tomorrow
that this is still going to work out because we're still
flight planning a little bit here, but at least we'll try a
hack at it. We figured it probably would be okay but just
thought we better check.
CDR Yes. Thanks a lot, Dick. See you later.
CC Okay.
SPT I just want toko know if it's okay if it's
okay for the guy running the ATM to do it from (garble).
PLT (Garble) question (garble). Do they
want the Wratten filter on the 55-millimeter lens? It's IR
film.
CC PLT, Houston, we want the filter
on for the facial photos.
PLT For facial photos only.
CC Stand by, Bill.
SL-IV MC-1942/3
Time: 12:40 CDT 56:17:40 GMT
1110174
PLT Dick, this IR coverage is snow cover, and

I don't know what the purpose of the - the Wratten filter is
unless it's to narrow the band pass. So I - I Just wondered
if they wanted it for these snow cover photos.
CC Okay. We'll check.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're getting data in
St. Louis now, so if somebody can go to panel 200 for 4 or
5 minutes we'd appreciate it.
SPT Yes, Dick. Bill and I'ii try and work it.
We're both doing other things here but go ahead.
CC Okay. Panel 200, the bottom row of cir-
cuit breakers on the right-hand side, TRANSDUCER GROUP i
plus 24 volts, OPEN.
SPT Got it.
CC Okay. I'ii give you another call in
2 minutes for another one. PLT, Houston; our photo expert
tells us that you ought to use that filter anytime that you're
using IR film, so it's not just for the facial photos, it's
anytime.
PLT Thank you.
CC Yes sir.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1943/I
TIME: 13:17 CDT, 56:18:17 GMT
1/10/74
CC PLT, Houston. Our photo experts tell

us that you ought to use that filter anytime that you're
using IR film. So it's not Just for the facial photos, it's
anytime.
PLT Thank you.
CC Yes, sir.
CDR Sure is a lot of snow down there.
CC You bet you.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're ready for the
next break on panel 200 now. What we'd llke now is trans-
ducer group i minus 24 volts open. I'Ii call you again
in another 2 minutes to close them both.
CDR We got it.
CC Thank you.
CC Skylab, Houston; sure appreciate your
help on that panel 200 breakers. And we're satisfied with
the data we got now. You can close them both and go back
to what you were doing.
SPT Okay, Dick.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're going to handover
in about 30 seconds to Bermuda. We might drop in - drop
out for a second here. I'ii give you a call when we lockup.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're locked up at
Bermuda now, still got you for 6 minutes.
CDR Roger, Dick. Right now we're having a
camera orgy.
CC Roger.
CDR It's the neatest day we've had in weeks.
CC Hey, good.
PLT You think it's cold in Houston, you
ought to take a look at Hudson Bay.
CC I just stoon - just as soon stick with
Houston this - this month.
CC Just think how happy all those Minnesota
people are going to be coming to the Super Bowl down here at
this time of year.
CDR You think they'll go away happy?
CC Who knows?
LOS. Madrid comes up at 18:32, and we're going to dump the
data/volce recorder whenwe get to Madrid.
time. The Skylab space station is now to the east of
Newfoundland out of range of the tracking antenna at Bermuda.
Our next acquisition's about 3-i/2 minutes away at Madrid.
The pass through Madrid and Canary Island will last approximately
SL-IV MC1943/2
TIME: 13:17 CDT, 56:18:17 GMT
1/10/74
9 minutes. During this pass over the United States the

check on the telemetry system on the space station was
being made through McDonnell Douglas in St. Louis with
some assistance from the Skylab crew. The crew also indicated
they were having a wild time with photography taking a lot
of pictures of the snow cover of the North American Continent
and also making some observations of conditions up in the
Great Lakes area. That gives them a good period of a good
deal of their daily photography was scheduled for this
pass over the United States including the snow cover of
the Great Plains which is going to be photographed in
infrared infrared film. Some question about the use of
the Wratteb filter for that photography. And the Wratten
filter was to be used - was not entirely clear to the pilot
that it should be used for the infrared photography and
that now has been completed over the Great Plains area. And
also there is a request for some photography of ice conditions
in the area of the St. Lawrence Seaway and the Great Lakes
region for todays activity. We're about 2-1/2 minutes now
from acquisition of signal at Madrid. We'll leave the line
up for air-to-ground there.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're AOS Madrid for
9 minutes.
SPT Hello, Dick. Looks llke we have a little
activity over on the southwest limb, fairly good time rates
of change involved. Looks llke a surge perhaps, with manifest-
ation in H-alpha. I spent the past orbit getting some spectral
information on what I thought, was a fairly bright knot,
in lonEitude 6 with a count of around a little over 200,
about 55 arc seconds off. And I got some 82B and 55 spectral
information on it. When I came back and looked at it after
I had gotten this information, I found out that the count
had gone down to 500 or so. So it was changing fairly
rapidly. And what I'm working on now is trying to get some
mirror auto rasters just above the llmb _;uneat_d to try
and get some look at that - whatever is happening there.
Apparently, had I realized it was changing that rapidly
initially I could have gotten a good orblt's worth of time
data on it. But, when you get some spectral information
on something which is changing with time, that's probably
not the optimum.
CC Roger, Ed; copy. Thank you very much.
And incidentally when we came AOS here I forgot to warn you
we were worked up in the data/voice recorder here so, beware
of that.
SPT Thank you.
SL-IV MC1943/3
TIME: 13:17 CDT, 56:18:17 GMT
1/10/74
PLT Would you give me a call as soon as you

turn the recorder back to us?
CC I sure will, Bill.
PLT Dick, PLT. Would you give me a
call as soon as you get the recorder back to us, please?
CC Roger, PLT, I got your call and answered
it. You didn't hear me, we sure will.
PLT Boy, the red rock in that Grand Canyon
really shows up very nice contrast with the snow cover around
the rims.
CC Roger, I bet that is pretty.
PLT Jerry and I should have gotten enough
to keep the doggone snow cover people busy for a year.
Just with that one pass alone just then.
CC Roger.
PLT Just out of curiosity would you ask some
of the geographers if there's a large mountain range to, oh,
say, 3, 400 miles to the northwest of Hudson Bay up there?
CC Okay, PLT, we'll certainly look at that
right now.
PLT I thought I saw it. Of course, Hudson
Bay opens to the north in the Arctic Ocean, but it looked
llke, oh, if you Just took the center of the big bail of
Hudson Bay and go up about northeast about 400 miles. Looks
like there's a very interesting mountain range up there.
CC I think you said northwest the first
time. Is it east, northeast or west.
PLT It's northeast, I'm sorry.
CC Okay.
CC Skylab, Houston; the data/voice recorder
is yours. Thank you very much.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1944/I
Time: 13:38 CDT, 56:18:38 GMT
1/10/74
PLT Thank you, Dick.

CC Skylab, Houston. We're a minute from
LOS. Tananarive at 18:52. See you there.
PAO Skylab Control at 18:42 Greenwich mean time.
The Skylab space station is now out of range of Madrid. Our
next acquisition is i0 minutes away at Tananarive on the
island of Madasgascar. During this pass, the Skylab science
pilot, Ed Gibson recorded a small surge on the southwest
limb. That suspicion is that he really means the south-
east limb. He said a couple of days ago that he never made
much of an astronomer, because he kept mixing up southeast
and southwest. Sun's division of east and west is exactly
the opposite of that used on most Earth maps. North is to
the upper part of the Sun, but the east, instead of being
to the right-hand sfde_ as it is on Earth maps is on the
left-hand side on the Sun. So we suspect that this is on
the more active part of the disk toward the southeast, which
is, to say, the lower left-hand side. Bill Pogue indicating
he and Jerry Carr had gotten enough snow cover material that
would keep the scientists busy for a year. They took a
number of photographs of the Western United States, the
Great Plains area and some other areas of the U.S. to indicate
snow cover and its affect on showing relief of mountains
and other structures. One of the areas he indicated he
photographed, apparently, he things will come out very
well is photography of the Grande Canyon. He also asked
about a mountain range he had spotted several hundred
i00 miles north of the northern most point in the Skylab
orbit. Skylab never goes much beyond 50 degrees north. That's
the maximum point in its orbital track. But he did see some
mountain range 300 or 400 miles northeast of Hudson Bay
and asked for some identification of that. Geography, a
major feature of their day off, they're spending a good deal
of their time looking out the window and seeing what they can
see as part of the visual observations program, both getting
a bit of science in and also something that apparently
maintains their interest very well. 8-1/2 minutes to Tananarlve
This is Skylab Control at 43:45 after the hour.
time. The Skylab space station is now over Africa. We're
about to acquire signal through the Tananarive voice/relay
station. The pass through Tananarive w_ll last about i0 min-
utes. The spacecraft communicator is Dick Truly and we're
live now for air-to-ground at Tananarive.
CC Skylab, Houston. AOS Tananarive for
8-1/2 minutes.
SL-IV MC-1944/2
Time: 13:38 CDT, 56:18:38 GMT
1/10/74
CC Skylab, Houston. We have had a good

bit of conversation today about photog - out-the-window
photography with our film. There's one other reminder that
- that our photo folks wanted me to pass on to you and that
is, when you take - use our film and pick out exterior
photography, using it, you ought to use_ rather than that
infinity focus setting, you ought to use the little setting
that's with a red R. We're not sure whether the R is red
on the ring, or whether there's a little red line next to it
with an R next to it. But, at anyrates that one should be used
rather than an infinity for exterior focusing.
PLT Rog. Thank you, Dick.
CC Okay.
CC And we're about a minute and a half from
Tananarive LOS. Next station is Honeysuckle at 19:18. And
that's going to start the science conferences for today. I
thought I'd run down - down them real quick. Honeysuckle
and Hawaii will be Bob MacQueen talking about the ATM. Then
Goldstone is - We're going to have a guest Skylab SL-2 guy
here. Joe Kerwin is going to talk to you on the med conference.
And then following that, the next two passes, Bermuda and
Canary Islands, Bill Lenoir is going to talk to you. Those
two and also, Joe Ellen had a couple of inputs on the
science demos and not sure whether Joe's going to get a
word in there or not.
PLT Okay, Dick. Copy.
CC Roger. See you there.
PAO Skylab Control at 19:02 Greenwich
mean time. The Skylab space station is now out of range at
Tananarive. Our next acquisition is 15 minutes away at
Honeysuckle. Spacecraft communicator, Dick Truly, informed
the crew of the science conferences upcoming. They include
Joe Kerwin talking about the medical conference. That's the
Skylab II chief scientist. He'll be handling the medical
conferences this morning. Also, Bill Lenoir will be discussing
visual observations of the Earth. This is Skylab Control
it's now 3 minutes and 12 seconds after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1945/I
Time: 14:16 CDT 56:19:16 GMT
1/10/74

time. Skylab space station is now south of Australia, Just
about to be acquired through the Honeysuckle Creek antenna.
The pass through Honeysuckle will last about 6 minutes, and
this will be the beginning of the afternoon science conferences
with the crew. This is the first of several conferences to
take place over the next hour. We'll bring the line up llve
now for air.to-ground through Honeysuckle for the next 6 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston. This is the ATM conference.
Good afternoon.
SPT Good afternoon, Bob. How are you?
MCC Fine, you guys. Before we get into some
ATM topics let me make an operational note. And that is that 82A
would like very much to see a wavelength short 20 second ex-
posure to record this activity on the east limb that you've
been looking at, Ed. And that's pointed almost anywhere with
a roll of zero. In addition, 82A wanted me to pass on that they
would be interested in any exposures that you feel are warranted
by the activity in the upcoming days. Over.
SPT Okay. Very good, thank you, Bob. I'ii
give them one right now, we're at roll to zero.
MCC Okay. I want to discuss three topics with
you this afternoon_ if I may. First of all the planned activity
ops for the next i0 days or so as contained in the general
message that you've already received and made some preliminary
comments on. Most importantly I'd like to talk to you about
some guidelines for use of the modified building block 24
that'll be coming up to you. And finally somethin_ about
our air,to.ground interaction over this period of solar activity.
Over.
SPT Okay, that sounds like a good plan, Bob.
Go ahead,
MCC Okay. With regard the scheduled observation
program, I wanted to run down what some of the experiment goals
were going to be over the next 7 to 14 days. First of all S052,
they feel that the placement of the quiet and active limbs is
pretty ideal for both the performance of JOP 9 and JOP 19 in
the Alfen wave study. The old west region, which is now
the east limb structures are amoung the more interesting that
they have seen on the TV downlinks during the mission. Next
SO54 will see very heavy operations with nearly i0 cycles of
high time resolution studies when the active regions are near
central meridian passage, using BB-34's or -35's. They also
desire some high time resolutions when the active regions are
on the llmb, using BB-23. Their film philosophy with regard
to BB studies and particularly with regard to flares; it would
be better to shoot for flares and miss than never to have shot
SL IV MC-1945/2
Time: 14:16 CDT 56:19:16 GMT
1/10/74
at all. The next experiment, 55, has some very interesting

new data. They're particularly now interested in mini-MARs
on the active regions, and they will schedule these on JOP 2
and other JOPs. They seek approximately 1 minute time re-
solutions. This is because they are not seeing the 300-second
oscillation in the upper chromosphere_ so mini-MARs, they think
may be very important for studying heating theories on the
solar disk and in particular above active regions. Over.
SPT Okay. That's a good thing to be going
at. Are they interested in seeing transients of a sporadic
nature or organized wave motions?
MCC I think both, Ed, they particularly think
that the organized wave motions may be important with regards
heating theories. Over.
SPT Okay. I hope they can see something along
that line. As you said, I don't think that I have been able
to identify them with the 300-second oscillations. I wonder
if they've been able to de - find anything else.
MCC Yes, I don't think they've seen anything or-
ganized at all down to this time period that they can achieve
with mini-MARs.
SPT Okay.
MCC Okay. S056 will expend the majority of
their film on the dispassage of these active regions using
patrol short and patrol long. They do have plenty of film
for flare programs to be initiated. And finally, 82A
is planning a high time resolution sequence over a 36-hour
period. This will consist of alternate single exposures in
wavelength long and short each orbit. They will run unattended
operations so as to fill in that time resolution program.
Then in one orbit they will run 22 frames in varying time
intervals so as to get a nested sequence throughout that
cycle. That whole program will expend something like 54
frames, and as I said to you earlier, they'd like to see ex-
posures at your option when activity warrants. Over.
SPT Okay. We'll certainly keep that in mind,
Bob, and do they plan to schedule that for a specific day
at - say like right now, or are they going to wait for a
certain solar conditions to arise?
MCC Ed, that will be scheduled on a certain
day and I think they want to wait until those activity or
the main regions are near CMP for optimal spatial resolution
and we're 35 seconds until LOS. Let me begin talking about
BB_24, if I may. The philosophy of BB-24 that has been dis-
cussed over the past several days is to be in operation when
the onset of a flare occurs. And the rationale is that we
want to get increased flexibility of BB-24 to increase the
SL IV MC-1945/3
Time: 14:16 CDT 56:19:16 GMT
1/10/74
probability of catching flare rise. Now, there are two

changes that we are talking about in BB-24. One is that
S055 desires a mini-MAR, option B. We'll uplink like that -
that change and 2, we desire that you don't hesitate to run
any or all the experiments at will, whenever the opportunity
arises in BB-24. This is in keeping with the good film. And
I think we're about LOS here.
SPT Okay. Will we pick you up again on the
next pass?
MCC That's correct.
MCC Hawaii.
CC That's affirm, and that time --
MCC That'll be Hawaii in 15 minutes.
SPT Okay. One question for the 55 people.
Right now I've started the no EREP alternative alternate, and
looking at the 55 maxi-RASTER, they want to be above active
region 17, the pointing coordinates look as though IIll be
centered more above the equator than I will be below. I've
started with number 2, which is at minus 120 and minus 1130.
I wonder if they'll take a look at that and make sure that
that pointing is correct.
MCC We sure will take a look at that right
now.
SPT Thank you.
time. The Skylab space station is now north of New Zealand,
just out of range of the tracking antenna of Honeysuckle Creek.
Our next acquisition is 13-1/2 minutes away at Hawaii. During
the Honeysuckle pass we had Dr. Robert MacQueen, the principal
investigator on SO52, that's the white light coronagraph.
Dr. MacQueen of the National Center for Atmospheric Research,
the High Altitude Observatory in Boulder, Colorado was dis-
cussing solar observations of the last few days, and plans
for the upcoming time, including some plans for building
block 24, which is the solar flare observation attempt. The
crew has indicated their desire which corresponds with that of
scientists here on the ground to catch the earliest stages of a
flare rise. That has not yet been accomplished on a Skylab mission,
although some of the later stages of flare rises have been
observed by Skylah crews. And Gibson indicated that he is
now doinB the work that would been an alternative to an Earth
resources pass tonight if the Earth resources had not been
acceptable, He_s completing this as part of his off duty time
today, including a number of observations of the Sun. He has
now added at least a couple of passes of more than an hour of
solar observation. Our next acquisition 12 minutes and a half
away, we_ll have Dr, MacQueen concluding his discussion of
the ATM aetZvltles. This is Skylab Control at 27 minutes
after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1946/I
Time: 14:38 CDT, 56:19:38 GMT
1/10/74
CREW - - take too long.

SPT What they specified plus I'ii give them
two more to the south.
MCC Okay. Very good. Let me then, pick up
what we were beginning to get into on BB24. And that is,
let me reiterate the second point, which we've discussed
over the last few days. We desire that you not hesitate to
run. And that's the emphasis here, any or all the experim-
ments at will, whenever the opportunity arrives as in BB24.
And these modes that you run, hopefully, will not interrupt
with interfere with your preflare observations. And I'm
going to return to that point in Just a minute. For example,
we could imagine you running several exposures or sequence in
anticipation of a preflare in any of the experiments. We
have read your comments of two days ago on the use of the monitors
and the possible conflict with the above operations that I'm
speaking of. And I hope that you'll comment further on this
interplay between observations of XUV bright points and the
like and the proposed operations. Apparently - We do plan
operations, and of course now, BB24 we'd like to have more
operations completely at your discretlon. On the active regions -
but you have the complete freedom to terminate, interrupt,
or otherwise change any of the scheduled ops, or the building
block 24 ops to go into monitor watch or flare wait, or what-
ever you think is necessary. And the main point here, I'd
like to sum up, is that you should feel free to run the
experiments at will or not at all. To make you most comfortable
with watching the activity change or the XUV monitor. Over.
SPT Okay. I understand that Bob. And
thanks very much for that liberty. I think it's probably the
best way to increase or give ourselves a little favorable
odds of getting a flare rise. Again, that's a difficult
thing to do unless you're really watching it all the time.
And, unfortunately, you are a little hesitant to shift out
of a specified program in order to do that, because, you
know, most of the majority of the time you're not going to
catch one. So you're going to have to go through that phase
several times before you end up with good data. But we'll
go ahead and practice that.
MCC Okay. That sounds real good, Ed. And
I think the point that I'd like very strongly to emphasize
to you is that the experiments do have film so that you shouldn't
hesitate to jump into BB24 operations. And to space some
exposures Out over the duration while you're watching for
these changes in the hopes that you will be able to anticipate
the preflare. But we certainly don't want you to feel con-
strained to initiate BB-24 on any one kind of phenomenon.
SL-IV MC1946/2
Time: 14:38 CDT 56:19:38 GMT
1/10/74
Certainly on an impulsive point brightening you would

initiate it. But on any other indication you think may be
a precursor to the f;are the word is go.
SPT Very good, thank you.
MCC Okay, the last topic has to do with our
interactions over these next i0 to 14 days. As you recall
we found during SL-III with the Sun changing rapidly the planned
program could get grossly out of date with what was going
on in the Sun. And to alleviate this possible problem we'd
like to suggest three things. First of all that you criticize
freely the scheduled ops. Secondly that you modify as we've
just discussed the scheduled ops. And three that you attempt
to fill us in prior to hopefully 18:00 Zulu which is the
planning meeting time with whatever verbal description to
the Sun you think are appropriate. And certainly I think
Jerry's description of two days ago was a model of clarity
and we'd be eager to hear such descriptions at any time
toward the goal of our changing targets and scheduled
operations. Over.
SPT Okay, we'll go ahead and do that and
probably try to give you a little bit more in the way of
descriptions. We assume that you have a lot of information
at your disposal down there and sometimes realize that maybe
you get it a little bit late. And secondly as far as my
own interaction on this, I can do that if I am getting one
or two passes in the morning which will allow me to see where
we stand that particular day. It's rather hard unless I
do that however. As a matter of fact, it's next to impossible
if I don't get to the panel.
MCC Right. And Phil tells me we'll try
to do it. It's not working out exactly right now, but hopefully
they can do better. I think the sum of the whole thing is
Ed we - Jerry and - Bill that whatever you feel is necessary
to modify the current on going observations. We want you
to feel free to go ahead and modify those in the hope that
you'll pick up interesting temperal changes and or preflare
observations. And in sum, we are certainly eager to to see
the flexibility of the ATM utilized fully to study the
active Sun. As youlre all too well aware this is the last time
around after more than a decade of this and we certainly hope
the Sun cooperates and we want to wish you good luck on
catching some goodies. Over.
SPT Thank you very much Bob. We'll certainly
be doing our darndest up here to bring back some new and
interesting data on the active Sun. I think the way you
specified it and the way you've laid it out is going to give
SL-IV MC1946/3
Time: 14:38 CDT 56:19:38 GMT
1/10/74
us the best opportunity to do that, we appreciate it.

MCC Very good. And that's all I have unless
you have anything for me.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1947/I
Time: 14:44 CDT 56:19:44 GMT
1110174
SPT I was Just going to him the best oppor-

tunity to do that, appreciate it.
MCC Very good, and that's all I have unless
you have anything for me.
CDR Roger Bob, thanks for the hunting
license.
SPT Bob, no I have nothing further, thanks
very much I think you've lald it out pretty clearly.
MCC Okay, then I'ii turn this back over to
Dick then.
CC Roger Skylab, we still have about a minute
and 40 seconds here and Joe Kerwin is plugged in here with
me. We will I'll Just give it to him. There will be a
brake in here between Hawaii and Goldstone but I'll Just
turn it over to Joe.
PLT Hi Joe.
SPT Hello Joe.
CC This is your friendly sky (garble) with
a little up date on the DTOs, you ready?
CDR Buenos dias, Jose.
CC Hello, hello, how are you?
CDR Pretty good.
CC Okay, hey, we wanted you to know a few
of the good things we're learning from some of those clumsy
old medical DTOs. And we're pretty excited about some of
the data that you're getting for us on the - the leg - the
leg blood flow and the muscle pump measurements. It seems
like this all is beginning to fit together in a picture with
the anthropometric measurments, the lower body negative
pressure increases in leg circumference and so on. And it's
saying things to us llke, initially on entering into zero g
there apparently is a tremendous egress of blood from the
lower extremities and apparently it's in the veins because
it's - it comes back so - so quickly when you either put a
cuff on the upper leg or going into lower body negative
pressure. And - but the really interesting thing is the -
is the trend in the data. Over a long period of time
you guys, as you probably have noticed, are beginning to -
to flow less blood into the lower leg under those condi-
tions so that there are adaptive changes taken place. We
don't know what those adapted changes are, we've got some
hypotheses but we're very very interested in the trend in
that data. And I wanted to know whether you have noticed
subjectively any changes in your - in your reaction to LBNPD.
I think we"re about to go LOS and - for about 2 minutes and
you can answer that when we come AOS over Goldstone.
PAO Skylab Control at 19:47. We've gone out
SL-IV MC-1947/2
Time: 14:44 CDT 56:19:44 GMT
i/i0/74
of range of the tracking antenna at Hawaii. At the Beginning

of that pass we had an early acquisition of signal, we'll
play back the tape from that Beginning right now.
CC Ed, we're AOS here in Hawaii for 7
minutes and 30 seconds. And the ground would like please.
Okay, on the on the maxi raster, it does look like the
pointing was a little far north on that and if you're in
progress, indeed the intent is over the activity on the
southwest. Okay, very good. Let me then pick up what we
were Beginning to get into on BB24, and that is - let me
reiterate the second point which we've discussed over the
last few days. We desire that you not hesitate to run, and
that's the emphasis here, any or all the experiments at
will when every the opportunity arises in BB24. And these
modes that you run hopefully will not interfer -
PAO This is Skylab Control. That concludes
the tape there, and we're now live at Goldstone for the next
15 minutes.
MCC Skylab, Houston through Goldstone.
CDR Roger Joe. In answer to your question,
I guess subjectively I would say we Just talked a little Bit
about it now. I'd say subjectively if you could plot some-
thing like tolerance as the ordinate and time as the abscissa,
that you'd see that we came up here at a given level and we -
we sagged and we stayed fairly low until about, oh 30 days
or so and actually we reached the low point Before that, we
were started up and we reached a plateau a little after 30
days or so, and right now subjectively we all feel very good
in the LBNP.
MCC Okay, will I think that goes along with
the - with the blood flow measurements. And it's interesting
Because what it's saying to us is that this may not be a
question of - of total blood volume at all but rather how
much of the Blood volume is pooled in the legs, and that there
are adaptive changes going on either in the tissues or
actually in the veins of the legs that are tending to let you
pool less Blood. And the time course of it is extremely
interesting.
CDR Well we certainly have noticed that it
moves around quickly Because we tried a little something here
of doing a Bunch of our toe rises and really working the calves
over and then immediately measuring, and in almost every case
our calves were a half inch larger in dia- in circumference.
MCC Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. 1'11 Just
Briefly mention another effort that you guys did that - that
has been looked at, and that is the - the taste and aroma
measurements that you took. We think that data is - is
SL-IV MC-1947/3
Time: 14:44 CDT 56:19:44 GMT
1/10/74
extremely interesting, although as you noticed that it's

not at all consistent. We're not surprised at that, there
are too many unmeasureable varables. However from an
operational point of view it emphasises the importance of
having condiments in the in the - the space kitchens so
that the guys can salt or sweeten the food to their own
taste, and this will be an input to the shuttle system.
CDR We certainly do agree with that.
CC Okay, and I'd llke to mention one more
before I find out if you guys have any residual questions.
And that's the DTO that - that has not come up here that is
still under discussion but it has to do Ed with the light
flash observation -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1948/I
TIME: 14:51 CDT, 56:19:51 GMT
1/10/74
MCC Okay, I'd like to mention one more before

I find out if you guys have any residual questions. And that's
the DTO that has not come up here that it's still under
discussion but it has to do Ed with the light flash observations,
that you have been reporting to us during the mission. The
implication that you saw the light flashes primarily during
the South Atlantic anomaly is interesting and rather surprising
to some of our radiation experts because they postulated
that the light flashes were caused more or less exclusively
by cosmic radiation, which should be in a minumun there and
that the light flashes should be at a maximum when you're
at maximum latitude. Therefore, we're thinking about asking
you on a - some kind of a shopping list basis or perhaps a
schedule to devote about 1/2 an orbit at some - it would
have to be an aporopriate orbit obviously. To observation of
light flashes and an attempt at a semiquantitation so that
we can find out whether they're occuring up in the horns or
down in the anomaly. And they're obviously might be some
problems you'd have doing that, one of them is, do you need
dark adaptation to do it, and it would take about 45 minutes
or perhaps a little bit longer to make one clean sweep through.
We'd like you to be thinking about that and telling us
whether you think it's feasible, over.
SPT Yeah, that will be a hard one, Joe because
many times you might go a week or so without ever remember
seeing one and then all of a sudden it will come on pretty
strong. The other correlation I did make is when we had a
lot of activity on the Sun, now maybe I Just happened to be more
restless at that period of time but all the data is spelled
out there for you. And it was in - in that par coup - instances
there are pretty well correlated with the activity.
MCC Yeahp and that says cosmic rays and the
other one says protons and we're Just not sure which is which
and it will be interesting to find out. How much dark adaptation
do you think you are requiring before these things become
noticable to you?
SPT Probably about 5 to i0 minutes.
MCC Uuh_huh. Would you have any objections
to trying it on on a scheduled basis if we could clear out
the time for you, sometime later on down - downstream?
SPT No, I'ii be glad to try it. You know it's
one of the easier experiments in the world to go into the
sack and close your eyes and look at the light flashes.
MCC A little boring I admit. Okay, that's
about all I had on the - on the list to talk about, do you
guys have any questions or any gripes or any suggestions about
the medical DTOs?
SL-IV MC1948/2
TIME: 14:51 CDT, 56:19:51 GMT
1110174
CDR No Joe, not off hand, we'll let the other

guys get their licks in if the have any. One thing we've
got the food inventory up this morning and it become apparent
to us that you people down there don't have any idea what's
in overage. We just took a sample case, we looked at bread.
A best we could tell, the overage has got a bundle of bread
and there's only a requirment for 7 more in high density
diets from here on out. So I thought we'd better take a
food inventory, sometime today and get it down to you on
tape.
MCC Okay, we'll he waiting for it. I know
Jerry that we - we ratted a lot of bread away in one of
those lockers because we didn't like the darn stuff. So there's
probably a lot of that up there.
CDR Yeah, there's a bundle. We also got out
eyes on the ham slices and the fruit cake too, we got a couple
of proposals to make there_ or maybe I should say propositions.
MCC Okay. We're 1 minute to LOS, if - if you
don't have anymore medical comments, I_ll turn you hack over
to the CAP COMM.
SPT Hey Joe.
MCC Yeah.
SPT You talking DTOs or the total picture?
MCC Total picture if you llke Ed. I haven't
talked experiment because the experiment world is pretty dull
right now.
SPT I Just wonder what they learned about
cardiovascular conditioning or deconditioning.
MCC Well of course Ed, you can tell subjectively
your - your MI71 curves are darn near straight lines. You're
not really based on my rough look, exhibiting either conditioning
or deconditioning muscular skeletally and as far as cardiovascularly,
you appear to be recovering somewhat and if in-flight performance
of LBNP is a good gauge for the first post flight experience, I
think that looks quite encouraging.
SPT Okay, I personally have also been able to
correlate a fairly good performance in LBNP with amount of
fluid intake a day or so previous is also going along with
salt intake. Now apparently that's notbeen correlated
quanitative with Jerry (static)
MCC Roger, Ed we're going over the hill.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1949/I
Time: 14:57 CDT 56:19:57 GMT
1/10/74

time. Skylab space station now over Canada is out of range
of the Goldstone tracking antenna but we're about 3 minutes
from our next acquisition at Bermuda. During this last pass
and at the very end of the Hawaii pass Dr. Joseph Kerwin the
science pilot of the first Skylab crew discussed medical
experiments and detailed test objectives DTO's with the
Skylab Science Pilot, Ed Gibson. Among other things Kerwin
said that - that it may not be low volume - low blood volume
that had causes the changes that have been noted in the crews.
And the crew indicated that they felt much better in the
lower body negative pressure device than they had during
the first 30 days where they thought they saw some reduction
on their performance. They think they're now improving and
seem to be very satisfied with their performances through
that test of the cardiovascular system. And also Commander
Carr indicated that exercises with - using toe rises which
are one of the exercises developed by Science Pilot, Gibson
and used the treadmill developed by Bill Thornton, a fellow
astronaut. Those toe rises aid in developing the calves
and can make a difference of an half inch in measurement
through the exercise program. And also Joe Kerwin addlng
that taste testing which is one of the experiments being
tried out for the first time on this mission. Seems to
have indicated there is definitely a requirement for
condiments to be used in flavoring foods on shuttle missions
in the future. And also some dicussion of light flashes
observed by the crew. Those were believed to be caused
by cosmic rays that penetrate into the upper atmosphere and
cause a sensation of light in the eyes. It's believed that
those should not have occurred frequently in the so called
South Atlantic anomaly which is a magnetic depression in
the Earth's atmosphere. That would be less likely Kerwin
reported. However it may well be that that will require
some rethinking. Kerwin asked Gibson whether he would be
interested in doing the experiment. He saidp it's a very
easy experiment to do since you can spend most of your time
lying down in the dark with your eyes closed. And at the
very end Science Pilot Gibson asked what about the experi-
ments. And Kerwin says that certainly seem to be showing a
straight line in your performance which means there
is no apparent degradation occurying. Today there is a
thorough review of medical experiments going on here at the
Johnson Space Center before approval will be given for
an extension of the mission beyond its present 56 day mark.
One minute to our next acquisition of signal at Bermuda.
SL-IV MC1949/2
Time: 14:57 CDT 56:19:57 GMT
1/10/74
We'll leave the line up now for a 7 minute pass there.

Spacecraft Communicator is Dick Truly, and the science
conferences should continue at this station.
MCC Skylab, Houston, with the visual obser-
vations conference, And we've got a 6-1/2 minute pass here.
In 2 minutes we'll have a 1 minute keyhole, I'll be able
to copy you but yo u will not read me. So let's time it
and I'll let you talk for that minute. Over.
SPT Go ahead, Bill.
MCC Okay, I'll just start off down the agenda
that you've got. The emphasis that we're following right now
is obviously concerned with the northern hemisphere and we're
emphasizing the northern part of the northern hemisphere,
the lakes and ice. Up at the north 50 type sites in
particular our problem here is Sun angles. As you've probably
figured out wetre coming up on several days where the Sun
will never get to 20 degree Sun ankle for you in the whole
24 hour period. We've got this one chance at about 10 days
total to take a look up here north before our llft portion
of the orbit shifts further south. We'll be concentrating
on the lakes, the ice in the lakes, as well as the water clr_
culation. The snow in and around the lakes the Great Plains
and so on and weather over the lakes_ much llke you have
been describing. Frequently we will schedule them and we'll
send it up as one site. Assuming of course that you are
going to be looking at it all. If we ask you to look at
ice and you can't see the ice for tke clouds well then we've
got a nice HH07 situation probably. Does that sound
reasonable?
CDR Affirmative Bill.
MCC Okay, another thought here. On the film
status, right now on our film budget we're very very fat on
film. We've got all sorts of film, We_d like more stereo
if you can give it, and we're sending up a message on stereo.
Looks like we are coming up on our keyhole. Let me stop
talking and why don't you talk, and I'll let you know when
we are on the other side.
CDR Okay, Bill. As far as film goes we put
a big notch, good size notch in it today, we've really been
snapping off a lot of film. Bill got some coverage of Hudson
Bay, which I didn't expect to see. And there is a lot of
good, what looks llke good thick ice up there. The Gulf of
St. Lawrence there is a lot of ice beginning to form up
there. And I just got finished taking a Hasselblad shot.
And I took a Nikon 300 shot on the last rev and Bill took
some Hasselblads. So we are getting a lot of good - good ice.
Ed has done some work on cloud patterns over the lakes, and
SL-IV MC1949/3
Time: 14:57 CDT 56:19:57 GMT
1/10/74
some of the lee squalls and all that. Why don't I let him
talk a bit about that.
MCC Okay, Jerry, that sounds real good.
That's just exactly what we've got in mind and what we're
after. Got a couple of answers for you here, which I'ii
answer your questions with a question after I give you the
first part here. On the features that you've noticed in
Minnesota, I should say feature - singular. We're not sure
what it is is the sum total of what I'm about to tell you.
There is a possibility of a large lake somewhere north of
the Minneapolis/St. Paul area. But we're not sure whether
that is what you're seeing. There is another interesting
possibility here, and that is that there is a structural
basin in Paleozoic rock that's about 40 to 50 miles across.
Minneapolis/St. Paul fits right in the middle of it.
However there is no known topographic expression of it. The
fact that you saw it in the snow may not be contradictory
to that and we're Just confused as to exactly what it is. If
and when you see it again give us all the details you can and
we'll work some more on it.
CDR Yes, I was watching for it on this
last rev when we went over the Minneapolis area. And I'ii
be darned if I couldn't find it. It looks like the snow melt
has now gotten rid of it, but we did get a picture of it.
So we've got somethhing to show you when we get back if we
don't see it again.
MCC Okay, and very good. And in Mexico
City we think what you're seeing there is a large circular
dry lake bed about 2 miles in diameter. It's called Lake
Texcoco _
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1950/I
Time: 15:04 CDT 56:20:04 GMT
1/10/74
MCC Good. And in Mexico City, we think what

you're seeing there is a large circular dry lake bed, about
2 miles in diameter that's called Lake Texcoco and we got
this information from the Mexican Consulate here. It's about
12 miles northeast of the center of the city. In arriving
at this we also considered a huge soccer stadium which is
smaller than that lake bed, and we also considered a large
tufted volcanic ridge, which is a circle of dark volcanic
rock in the center of which is lighter rock. However, this -
the diameter of this is bigger than the diameter of Mexico
City itself, So we feel it's the first thing I mentioned
but not entirely sure that we can totally rule out the others.
CDR What confuses us is the fact that it's
such a perfect circle and there are concentric rings it llke
a bull's-eye.
MCC It still sounds like that dry lake bed
to us which shows up on maps at least very circular. We'll
look at some more and let you know if we change our mind.
A - an answer to Bill's comment earlier about seeing some_
thing up northeast of the Hudson Bay. We've looked our
maps over here and talked to some people and it looks to us
like it's some mountains on the northeast coast of Bathen
Island. Which is nothing short of amazing because that's
65 to 73 degrees north that you're seeing, and I would
assume it's very very low Sun angle by the time you get up
there and very much in relief on the horizon, does that
sound right?
CDR Is that the circular volcanic structure
we were talking about?
MCC No, these are the mountains that Bill
thought he saw northeast of the - of the bay, Hudson Bay up
in Canada.
CDR Oh, I see.
PLT Yeah, well the west side of the mountains
I think were catching the light and that was why I was able to
see them.
MCC Okay, sounds llke you were looking very
very far to the north.
PLT I was.
MCC Say again.
PLT Yeahp in fact it's was just just inside
the terminator.
MCC Okay, we're a minute to LOS here, and
Canaries is next in 3 minutes. On the Mexican upwelling,
what you saw there near the Gulf of Tehuantepec was the
same upwelling that was detected on NOAA 2. You gave us
very very good description much better resolution than NOAA 2
SL-IV MC-1950/2
Time: 15:04 CDT 56:20:04 GMT
1/10/74
can get to. We thank you for that. One comment here on
deserts, you gave us a report, not very long ago, on some
fires and smoke out in the desert near a factory in a
air field. It disappointed us a bit that you didn't mention
anything about the wind direction, we want to emphasize in
the deserts in particular wind direction is important as
it is everywhere. And future emphasis over and above what
we're doing now in the north, we're going to pick up the
African rift and drought areas, we're going to do some
dim light work, and we'll be returning to southern
hemisphere currents and to the range land. And I want to
emphasize that on a lot of things we ask you to look for the
information that you do not see the feature is a positive
input, that's not a failure but that's positive information
for us to operate on. And looks llke we're LOS now, so
we'll be seeing you later.
SPT Okay Bill, the wind was from the north
northeast on that fire.
MCC Okay, thanks very much.
PAO At 20:07 Greenwich mean time the Skylab
space station is now over the North Atlantic. A minute and
a half to our next acquisition of signal at Canary Island.
During this pass over Bermuda Bill Lenoir, our fellow
astronauts and one of the scientist astronauts was giving
a report on visual observations. Emphasized that we'd llke
to do as much as possible with the uorthern hemisphere lake
ice and snow during the next few days. Although the Sun
angle is now becoming bad, it's difficult to get photo-
graphy, they're going to take advantage of the photography
opportunity while they have it. Also indicated at the end
that they'd like to keep track of the wind direction,
especially over desert areas when they do see plumes of
smoke and so forth they should give additional information
about atmospheric conditions in those areas. Crew did
report what they felt to be a major oil fire at a
processing plant near a processing plant in Algeria. - -
6 minutes to our next acquisition of signal. The Canary
Island pass will last approximately 9 minutes, and we'll
bring the llne up now for alr_to-ground there.
MCC Okay guys, I'm back with you here for
a few minutes and then I'll turn you over to Joe Allen. One
think I omitted from the future emphasis, we will be again
looking at metropolitan complexes and trying to finish that
one off in a reasonable fashion.
PLT Hey Bill.
MCC Yeah go ahead.
PLT I have an Imput on the metropolitan
area. Boy this snow cover is the greatest thing since
SL-IV MC-1950/3
Time: 15:04 CDT 56:20:04 GMT
1/10/74
peanut butter for showing up city outlines and extensive

growth.
MCC Okay great, that's good information,
we'll try to schedule it accordingly.
CDR Also Bill, getting back to that smoke,
I should tell you that the wind was light because the smoke
was billowing, it wasn't blowing out straight.
MCC Okay good, thanks a lot Jerry, thatts a
big help to us there.
CDR Yeah, we'll try to keep the wind
information coming too.
MCC Okay good, that is very important to
almost all of the sites. On the not seeing of features, in
particular, what I was thinking of is the 33 Alfa, 34 Alfa
type things, the Yucatan eddies and turbulent wakes. It's
as useful to us to know that we dontt see them as it is to
find out that they are there. And let me close just by
mentioning that with regard to oceans, we've received
letters and information from both Stevenson and Maul on
the performance that you've done, and both of them were
very very complimentary to the work that you're doing, and
the one big point that both of them made was the type and
quantity of information that you're providing that is Just
not available in any other way. So, want to thank you for
all that and pass on those good words and unless you have
something let me turn you over to Joe Allen.
SPT No, I would like to add that I think we
ought to look on the western side of the Central America a
little bit more because as I'm pointed out to it since we
were able to eddies and I think we might be able to determine
something about the current patterns.
MCC Okay, sure will Ed, we'll be looking
back at it, hut the Sun is coming north now and we're going
to have to wait and catch it on descending tracks shortly.
SPT Yeah, that's probably an optimum time
to get anyway, as we can a lot in one full sweep.
MCC Good.
MCC Hello Skylab, this is Houston. Over.
CDR Hello Joe.
MCC Hello troups. I've been brought in as
a very highly paid, but probably not too clever representative
of the science demonstration community today. And if you
can shift your thinking over to -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1951/I
Time: 15:12 CDT 56:20:12 GMT
1/10/74
MCC - highly paid, but probably not too clever

represenative of the science demonstration community today.
And if you can shift your thinking over to that I would llke
to talk about that a little bit.
CDR We're shifted go ahead.
MCC Okay, I've got a llst of about 15 items
in front of me that have to do with the science demos. Every
one of them is either a congratulations on a demonstration
that's been well done or voicing anticipations forseelng the
ones coming up. Your getting fantastic - some fantastic
results from them and interest all over the country is -
to what's coming out of these demonstarations. Jerry_ I'll
speak to you first about your gyroscope experiment. I've
been studing physics for a number of years more than I'd
like to admit and I never did understand that until I saw
your demonstration yesterday. It was fantastic. Over.
CDR I tell you zero g makes a great frlctionless
bearing.
MCC I wish that we would have thought of it
earlier. Bill your fluid demonstration experiment that's
been picked up on television around the country. And we're
getting calls from physicists on that, describing your -
and wanting to talk about your inverted plate of very weak
jello that hemisphere part of the experiment that you did.
It was in general terrific. And by the way I'm not going
to going to go down this list item by item, but I just want to
pass alone congratulations from all the people. I do - I
do want to mention about three particular things and they're in
turn here. I want to talk about that liquid dynamics liquid
drop experiment. I want to discuss very briefly the TV-101
experiment, which Ed I think you have set up. It's the
floating zone experiment. And then finally a couple of real
quick words on human dynamics, so when your ready I'll start
in.
CDR Okay, go ahead.
MCC Okay, start with the liquid drop experiment.
It as I say has worked out very well. Bill, if you're the man
on the on that demo. The next time we'd llke a few more
things from it as you choose it from your shopping list.
When you set it up we wonder if it would be possible to
put a scale in the television picture some place so we can
get better dimensions from the TV picture. This may be a
little much, but if you think it's possible to also put a
mirror mounted over at 90 degrees and canted at 45 degrees.
So we can get a side on view get - get that depth dimension
as we watch the deformation of the droplet it would be help-
ful. We'll leave that up to you as to whether it's possible
SL-IV MC1951/2
Time: 15:12 CDT 56:20:12 GMT
1/10/74
or not. The - we're interested first in - in seeing just

more simple vibrations of - of fluid glob either on a
tether_or floating three free. It seems that it doesn't
really matter it it's on the tether or not if it's easier
to do that way. We like to watch it be disturbed and and
then Bill if you could Just let it completely damp out
it's oscillations before you disturb it again it would
be helpful to us in measureing the decay time. We're
interested both in the frequency of oscillation and the decay
time. You'd be interested to know that that is applicable
to all sorts of astrophysics calculations right down to
nuclearphysics calculations. Do that experiment with several
size fluid globs if you could. You might also consider
injecting a small air bubble with a syringe into the fluid
glob. I'ii unkey now and ask if you have any questions.
PLT Okay, one of them does have an air bubble.
I'd have to look at it and show you. And I understand the I
got some comments and feedback and points from Dick Truly. I
think I know what you want, and I'ii try to give it to you.
MCC Okay, Bill also in yon science demo kit
is a small ring of aluminum tubing that has a stem on the
end of it and holes drilled into the inside circumference
of it. So that when you blow into the stem it makes a
turbining effect at the center of that tubing and we think
you can spin up your drop to a fairly highly rate of speed
just by putting the tubing around then blowing into it.
And we think they may - they'll certainly flatten out. They
may fission like a nucleus, or they may go doughnut shape
on you. It would be very interesting to see that. Also
we'd like to see some more collations of drops. If you
could you can put them both on tethers and then blow one
into another perhaps. We'd like a large drop on a large
drop, a small drop on a large drop. And then you can let
your imagination wander and maybe put soap in one, or an
air bubble in one, or even get out some of that immiscible
liquid which is probably stowed back in your science demo
kit and do a water drop on immiscible liquid drop. Over.
PLT Roger understand. And the free drop
is extremely difficult to work with, but I'ii try harder.
MCC Okay, Bill. Ed comment on the TV-101
experiment the floating zone. John Carruthers is here
from Bell Lab and of course is quite interested in that.
And he thinks you're pretty well squared away on - -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV HC1952/i
TIME: 15:17 CDT, 56:20:17 GMT
1/10/74
MCC - - a TV 101 experiment the floating zone,

John Carruthers is here from Bell Labs and of course is quite
interested in that and he thinks you're pretty well squared
away on what's to be done in general. We're particularly
interested that you give us as good a background against which the
TV's going to focus that watches that and we think you can
tell a lot about that background by Just looking into you
monitor, over.
SPT Yeah, IVve got that set up, Joe, we've
got a white background and I plan to use different colored fluid
so I think we_ll be able to get some good visual quality out
of that.
MCC Terific Ed, sounds good. Those things
are just coming out can hardly describe how clear they are
to you and enormous amount of interest in them. One last
comment on the human dynamics experiment which you might give
some thought to taken from your shopping llst and Just a
reminder, there's the experiment where the two guys can
shove off simultaneously from opposite sides of the workshop
and meet in the center with zero impact parameter or with not
zero impact parameter if you want to demonstrate angular
momentum, over.
SPT Yeah, that's a good fun thing to do Joe_
and I guess we'll just have to start trying to do it a little
bit more.
MCC Well that's way down on the llst, that's
Just for fun. We!re about to run out of time here, if you
have any comments or questions and Bill Snoddy's sitting
here in case you have some comet comment. You got i0 seconds.
SPT The only comment I would make Joe is that
we really not got into the science demonstrations as deeply
as I would have liked to up to now and I think we'll try to
catchup a little bit over the next few weeks.
MCC Well they're good fun and we enjoying
watching them.
CC See yon at Tananarlve in 14 minutes.
SPT Okay, Dick.
MCC Nice talking to you troups.
PLT Take it easy, Joe.
CDR So long, Joe.
Greenwick mean time. The Skylab Station is now over northwest
Africa, about 13 minutes before we acquire Tananarive. At
Tananrive wet're not certain that we!re going to get much
commentary there we have about 2-i/2 minutes of a pass but
it's a very low elevation pass and the station may not be able
SL-IV MC1952/2
TIME: 15:17 CDT, 56:20:17 GMT
1/10/74
to acquire. During this last pass over Canary Island Bill

Lenoir concluding the conference on visual observations and
then Joe Allen one of the men discussing the science demonstrations
prepared by the crew. Phil Shaffer the offgoing Flight
Director indicates he'll be available for a change-of-shift
briefing at 4:15 central daylight time in the building i
briefing room, that's a little less than an hour from now.
Offgoing Flight Director Phil Shaffer in the building i
briefing room for the change-of-shift today. Extensive
discussions of science during the past hour and that concludes
the science discussions for the day. We we did have Bill Snoddy
the Kohoutek Project Scientist here in case the crew wanted
to discuss the comet which is continued continues to fade but
it is a target of observation today for the crew as they use the
$201 camera to photograph it. A little less than 12 minutes
to acquisition at Tananarive, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1953/I
TIME: 15:32 CDT, 56:20:32 GMT
1/10/74

32 minutes. Skylab coming up now on Tananarlve, that as we
mentioned will be a low elevation pass and communication is
likely to be rather marginal through Tananarlve. The last
Tananarlve pass of the day. On the succeeding passes over
Canary Island and Ascension and prior to that over the
continenal United States, the crew was involved in discussing
the scientific accomplishments of the mission. The next major
activity on the Flight Plan is an Earth resources pass which
begins over Malaysia and ends over Japan and that will be the
last item that the crew completes, this day. We have about
20 seconds to acquisition of signal, we'll stand by for the
call to the crew.
CC Skylab, Houston we're at Tananarive, this
is a short pass for a couple of minutes. Honeysuckle comes
up at 20:54 and I had a couple of notes for - with regard
to a question that Ed Gibson asked that Joe Kerwin asked me to
pass on from his med conference with you guys a few minutes
ago.
SPT Okay, Dick very good go ahead.
CC Okay, real quick, Ed, you asked the question
that you thought we might have seen a correlation between the
water and salt intake on the day previous to the 92 runs,
Joe said that he's going to make sure that they take a look at
that and the 92 people will get you an answer back. He did
say that their initial feeling on the data that they had
was that the correlation, that a better correlation was in the
way that the legs as the days go on have been handling the
blood flow due to their indication of circumference during the
LNBPD run. And so they're going to take a look at that and get
back to you on it. Also one other item, on - this really is
for the CDR and PLT on tomorrow's limb volume measurements
that you haven't seen yet because you haven't seen the Flight
Plan but they're on there. We've added an extra 15 minutes to
that thing so that at least on a one time only basis, you can
get both left and right arms and legs, We're not sure at this
moment whether or not that's going to be a permanent change
from here on in, since we - the other day asked you to scratch
out that right column, but at any rate in the morning we would
llke to get that.
SPT Okay, Dick. -_
CC Okay, we're about 15 seconds from LOS, so
1411 call y'all at Honeysuckle.
PLT I got a question you can work on.
CC Okay.
PLT I did a T002_2 to between Aldebaran and I
thought in the far limb of the Moon - in fact, there was a planet
Venus I can't go far enough to pick up Aldebaran, Would you get me
SL-IV MC1953/2
TIME: 15:32 CDT, 56:20:32 GMT
1/10/74
another star to use for T002-2?

CC Sure will.
PLT Yeah, I meant Saturn. I was only off
a few thousand light years, Dick.
CC Okay.
PAO That completes that relatively short low
elevation pass through Tananarive and we'll pick up Skylab
again in about 18 minutes. About the only things discussed
during that pass was a follow up on a question that Ed Gibson
had asked of Dr. Joe Kerwin during the medical conference
asking them to check into the possibility of some correlation
between water and salt intake. Bill Pogue also advised that
he would need another star for the T002 exper - T020 experiment
rather or T002_ we'll get it correct here in a moment. He said
that he was unable to locate Venus in the field of view and
suggested the ground come up with another star. The T002 is the
navigation siting experiment which has as it purpose to investigate
the effects of the space flight environment including the
long duration mission time on the ability of crewmen to take
manual space navigation measurements. Skylab Control at
20 hours, 38 minutes Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1954/I
Time: 15:54 CDT 56:20:54 GMT
1/10/74
PAO This is Skylab Control at 20 hours 54

minutes Greenwich mean time. This is a - a period off for
two of the three Skylab crewmen. Commander Jerry Cart and
Science Pilot Ed Gibson have some off duty time for the
next couple of hours and for Pilot Bill Pogue the period
has been set aside for physical exercise. We have about 2
or 3 seconds before we acquire through Honeysuckle Creek,
we'll stand by for the call.
CC Skylah, Houston; we're AOS Honeysuckle
for 8 mintes.
CC PLT, Houston. I have an answer for you
on the TO02 - 2.
PLT Go Dick.
CC Roger Bill, it looks in like any case it's
going to be pretty difficult because the Moon is so close
to slipping out of the field of view also. But looks like
star 16 Procyon would be a lot better choice if any will
work at all.
PLT Yes sir, it's all worked out, thank you.
CC Skylab, Houston. We got about 3-1/2
minutes left here at Honeysuckle. We're going to be turning
over to the crimson team after this pass, and you guys have
been awarded a prestigious award, and if you - if you can
listen here for a second I'd like to advise you of it.
SPT Go ahead Dick.
CC Okay, first of all l_d like to say that
the reason you have been awarded this is because this last
set of execute shifts that the purple gang has worked with
you every day has gone so great, we're going to be off for
a couple of days. It reads as follows, the fraternal order
of one arms paper hangers in recognition of your efforts
on SL IV, and particularly of the last week, have elected
you collectively one arm paper hangers of the year and the
I like to describe the award to you. It's a large picture
of a guy who_s hangin_ paper on the side of the MDA, one
foot is working the ATM, he's doing a couple of corollaries
with the other foot, and hers saying to himself, "Let's see
do I give up sleeping and eating to get this stuff done or
do I tell the purple flight to shove it? Mm purple flight
is pretty big, I wonder if I can out run him? Oh well I'm
tired of the high density food anyway and these sleep
restraints sure ain't feather beds, so I guess I'ii go ahead
and work." And it'll be setting on your desk when you get
home.
PLT Thanks a lot Dick, we'll look forward
to _ to using it.
SPT We're all deeply moved Dick.
SL-IV MC-1954/2
Time: 15:54 CDT 56:20:54 GMT
1/10/74
CC Rog, it really has been a good 7 days

though and we'll see you when we get back.
PLT Thank you Dick.
SPT Thanks for all your help, so long.
Have a good time off.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're a minute to LOS,
Hawaii comes up at 21:15.
the pass through Honeysuckle Creek, Australia and it also
completes the day's activity for the purple team headed by
Fli_ht Director Phll Shaffer. And as you heard as that
team went off duty for a couple of days off, they awarded
the Skylab crew the one arm paper hangers award. We'll be
acquiring Skylab through Hawaii in about 10-1/2 minutes.
And we have a change-of-shift briefing scheduled at 4:15
in the JSC news center briefing room with off going Flight
Director Phil Shaffer. This is Skylab Control at 21 hours
5 minutes.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1955/I
TIME: 16:09 CDT, 56:21:09 GMT
1/10/74
PAO This is Skylab Control. Flight Director

Phil Shaffer has left the control center en route to Building
1 for the change-of-shift press Briefing and we anticipate that
that briefing will begin quite close to the scheduled time
of 4:15. Again that will be in the JSC News Center Briefing
room at about 4:15p the change_of_shift briefing with
Flight Director Phil Shaffer. And we're about 5_I/2 minutes
from regainlnK contact with Skylab through Hawaii following
that we'll have the stateside pass with Goldstone, Texas and
Bermuda and we_ll be recording those passes for playback
following the change-of_shift Briefing. This is Skylab Control
21 hours i0 minutes Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1956/I
Time: 16:47 CDT 56:21:47 GMT
1/10/74

48 minutes Greenwich mean time. During the change-of-shift
press briefing we accumulated about 5 minutes of conversation
with the crew through Goldstone and Texas. We Just has loss
of signal through Bermuda, and we're about 5 - 5-1/2 minutes
away from regaining contact through the Ascension Island
tracking station. We'll take this opportunity to replay
the recorded conversations that we've accumulated.
CC Good afternoon Skylab, we're AOS through
Hawaii. We have you for 9 minutes.
PLT Hi Crip.
CC Hidy. You guys enjoying your day off?
PLT Yeah, taking it easy.
CC Very good. The troop was telling me
were having some kind of an orgy up there, didn't - didn't
say what kind.
PLT It wasn't too specific.
PLT It's a beautiful pass across the States
from oh upper Baja up to the Gulf of St. Lawrence. We
were really burning up the film.
CC Rog, I was listening to that pass also.
It - it sounded - sounded pretty neat lots of snow cover.
SPT Hello.
CC Pretty good sir, and yourself.
SPT very good.
CC Heard you were taking advantage - taking
advantages of all those ATM passes.
SPT That's right. I was wonderin_ if you
could ask the solar folks if any reports of the - - and/or surge
activity somewhere around the
CC Okay, and we'll check that. And you've
got a case of the low voices again today.
SPT That's because I'm using a head set
as opposed to a better mike. _I'ii _o ahead and get the
other.
CC No, you're coming in perfect in perfect
right now,
SPT Yeah, I have to hold it right next to
me.
CC Oh, okay, understand.
CC It's - it's no big deal it's just that
your down kind of faint.
CC Skylab_ Houston we're about 30 seconds
from LOS, and we'll see you again at Goldstone at 21:27
that's in about 3 minutes. And Ed to answer question,
we_ve about an hour ago picked up a small active prominence
in the area that yon indicated.
SL-IV MC1956/2
Time: 16:47 CDT 56:21:47 GMT
1/10/74
SPT Okay, thank you Crip. I've been watching

it. Inltionally it looked llke a surge and (static)
CC Hold it - over the hill.
CC Skylah, Houston, we're AOS at Goldstone.
We have you for 6 minutes. And Ed your description of the
prominence kind of got lost in the mud as we went over the
hill.
CDR He'll be with you Crip, it looks llke
he's got something cooking right now.
CC Okay, no sweat. Thank you Jer.
SPT Hello Crip.
CC Hello Ed, if your still busy no sweat.
But you started to talk about the activity associated with
that prominence and we never did get it.
SPT Okay, when I first looked at it earlier
today it was relative small and looked llke a surge, and I
think the air-to-_round discussion indicated that. When I
came back to it it looked more llke a prominence than a surge
and was not extending too high. I started working the region a
little further north of that which centered the XUV monitor
bri_htln_ on the llmb. And also it gave me an oxygen VI
count of around i00 or so when I put it off the limb. Then
saw that this was really changing form, and it went out of
the view of 55. So I have since rolled and now are giving
consecutive MIRROR AUTO RASTERS to this region which covers
the active prominence and it also covers the region which had
the relative intense brightening. I keep seeing some small
changes occuring in the prominence and the region around
H_alpha so perhaps we're getting some good type information
out 55.
CC Okay very good. And NOAA does concur with
your _ that was not surging, but activity associated with the
prominence.
SPT Thank you.
CC Skylab, Houston_ we're 1 minute from
LOS. We_ll see you again in 5 minutes through Bermuda at
21:37, 21:37.
SPT (Garble) Houston
CC Bye-bye Ed.
PAO That brings us up to date with the
tape replay and we're away from acquisition through
Ascension. During the stateside pass also prior to
that through Hawaii CAP COMM, Bob Crlppen and the crew
went over some of the things that have happen earlier today.
And one of the highlights of that conversation was Bill
Pogue's description of a beautiful pass that they had had
SL-IV MC1956/3
Time: 16:47 CDT 56:21:47 GMT
1/10/74
across the United States. During which he had said he had

been really burning up the film, getting a lot of pictures.
The pass began over upper Baja, California, and continued
on through the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Also Ed Gibson gave
some additional descriptions of increasing activity he's
observing on the Sun. Reporting what looked like a surge
or a prominence - -
CC (Garble) we're AOS Ascension for i0 minutes
and we'll be doing a data/voice recorder dump. Sorry, I
didn't give you any previous warning regarding that med
conference. CAP COMM was caught asleep.
CDR Little over sleeping there.
CC Rog, rog. It takes me awhile to get
organized here.
CC About midnight I get organized.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1957/I
TIME: 16:54 CDT, 56:21:54 GMT
1/10/74
CC Skylab, Houston for CDR and PLT, for the

upcoming EREP pass, I have several changes and notes that l'm
going - we're goin_ to have to make to the pads. We've got
a couple of hours before those, they're really going to be
applicable and whenever it's convenient to you guys, we can
do it and it's going to involve the C&D, the VTS and also
i minor comment to the CDR's details.
CDR Okay_ Dick l'm ready to copy now.
CC Okeydoke. Do you - do you have your
VTS pad handy.
CDR Roger, Crip.
CC Okay, one item we would like you to
add in the post remarks is before removal of the S190 mags,
we'd like you to voice record the frame counters.
CDR Okay, got it.
CC Okay also Jer if you have your details
handy because we've moved up the start of the maneuver a little
bit, we've called out on your details at 00:ii for EREP maneuver
which is 5 minutes before the maneuver starts - is the time we
normally give you - We actually should be 00:06 now to
give you plenty of time on the panel.
CDR Okay, I change ii to 06.
CC Okay, that's affirm and let's see I guess
the one item I'd like to call to your attention and I guess -
Is Bill handy there where he's listening also this is Just
a note of interest rather than anything you have to note down.
CDR Yeah_ he's listening.
CC Okay. We have a note in the - at the beginning
of this C&D about leaving the tape recorder power off until
01:58 and the intent there is Just to save the tape that would
normally be used during prep in the tape recorder check-
out, and the S190 film advance, and also to save some tape
in the first S190 photo sequence over the Sumatra in
Malaysia. With the tape recorder power off when you hit the
EREP system switch to start it will not turn on the tape recorder
naturally. So that was Just the way we were going to do it
and it was a little bit different than we had in the past and
I Just wanted to call it to your attention.
PLT Yeah_ I caught that Crip but I appreciate
the comment.
CC Okay, also we normally have you turning
on BUS power early to get things a little bit warmed up in
advance and we_ve been noting those in places llke your details,
that's not required today so you will normally get your BUS
on by your C&D, correction your cue cards.
PLT Roger.
CC Okeydoke.
SL-IV MC1957/2
TIME: 16:54 CDT, 56:21:54 GMT
1/10/74
CC And I've got a list of numbers changes

I need to make to your C&D pad if you have it handy Bill.
PLT Give me a few seconds here.
PLT Okay, I'm ready to copy.
CC Okeydoke. At 01:50:50, we have an S190
ready out and we need to change that to frame 33. FR-33.
PLT From FR-17 to FR-33?
CC That's correct.
PLT Okay, I've got that.
CC Okay, now down below at 02:02:40 we have
another S190 READY out that we want to delete.
PLT Okay.
CC At the next line there where it says
ETC STANDBY of course, that still occurs at 02:40 so you
can just make a note of that.
PLT Okay, I've got that out in the left column.
CC Okeydoke. At the next line the S190 mode
STANDBY we want to delete that. And also the frame 09
and the SS slow.
PLT Roger.
CC Okay, and where we have that 03:5S right
below that S190 mode auto, we want to change that to S190 SS
Slow.
PLT You don't want to go to MODE AUTO.
CC No we want to delete the change to MODE AUTO
to an SS slow.
PLT Roger.
CC Okay and that's the total list of changes we
have to that, I did have one for Edward where he has an ETC stow
we want to go ahead and leave that in to help us out tomorrow.
And we'll want to change it to an ETC load and if he's not
available I'ii get that to him a little bit later. That's
in his Flight Plan.
PLT Okay, Crip go ahead he's listening.
CC Okay, Ed if you'll note right after ETC
ops about zero, a little after 02:00 ETC stow, we'll want to
change that to an ETC load.
PLT Is that a cassetts for him?
CC Rog, they want him to load IR03 from
FS26 into the spare mag. And we want to put BW-03 into drawer
27, F27. We're about 20 seconds from LOS, next station contact
is going to be at Carnarvon at 22:27, 22:27 and that's about
23 minutes away.
PLT Roger.
CC Okay, if you do any voice recording you're
going to get a blinking light. We had to redesignate and
we're using recorder i.
PLT Roger.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1958/I
Time: 17:05 CDT 56:22:05 GMT
1/10/74
PAO This is Skylab Control. We've had loss

of signal now through Ascension, the next station to acquire
in 21 minutes will he Carnarvon, Australia. And during the
change-of-shift briefing and the passes that occurred during
that briefing, one fact slipped by us, and that was the daily
crew medical conference occurred over Bermuda and we have the
report from Flight Surgeon Dr. Jerry Hordinsky on the crew health
as of today, mission day 56. The reports reads as follows,
"Excellent health continues. The crews appetite remains
good, and the surplus food they have found is just what they
needed for those days where their nominal menu has been
leaving them hungry." That concludes the Mission Surgeon's
daily report prepared by Dr. Jerry Hordinsky for mission
day 56. The major activity remaining on the Flight Plan
for the crew today on this their day off is an Earth resources
pass, it begins at 8:39 p.m. central daylight time or 1:39
Greenwich mean time over the western part of Malasia, and
concludes west of Japan after crossing over the South China
Sea, Taiwan, Kobe, Kyoto, and Nigata, Japan ending in
the North Pacific Ocean just beyond Ja - the Japanese Islands.
This is Skylab Control at 22 hours 7 minutes Greenwich
mean time, 19 minutes 50 seconds from reacquiring at
Carnarvon.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1959/I
TIME: 17:26 CDT, 56:22:26 GMT
iii0174
PAO This is Skylab Control. Skylab now

approaching the southwestern corner of Australia and we'll
be acquiring signal there in about a minute. The crew at
this time is involved in a variety of activities, it's
still off duty time for Commander Jerry Carr. For Science Pilot
Ed Gibson, he should be at the ATM console, that activity
is scheduled in the Flight Plan for him. And for Pilot Bill Pogue
he should be involved in either his physical training,
completing that and beginning some housekeeping activities.
All three crewmen are scheduled for an evening meal. And
the menu for each of them has as the main course for tonight
filet for Jerry Carr, pork loin for Ed Gibson and a pork loin
for Bill Pogue and all the trimmings in every case. And
we're about to acquire signal. Let's listen for the call from
CAP COMM Bob Crippen.
CC Skylab, Houston we're AOS Carnarvon,
have you for 9_i/2 minutes.
SPT Hello Crip as you were going over the
hill, I copied you wanted me to take IR03 load that into the
spare mag and going to get it from F26, what did you want me
to do with the film which is in the spare mag right now?
CC Rog, Ed, we'd like for yon to put Bravo
Whiskey 03 into F27.
SPT Will do, thank you,
CC Thank you Ed. And I don't believe I've
notified you guys in case you didn't hear the woodpecker your
Flight Plans are on board.
CDR Thank you Crip.
we'll see you again in 6 minutes over Guam and that's at
21 - correction 22:42.
SPT Okay, Crip I wonder if you folks can get
the camera people to talk - give me a little information on
the polaroid film which we have availahle to us up here. Most
of it's worked real well but recently I got ahold of some
with some relatively low serial numbers and it's all but pretty
well fogged. Very low contrast and it's tough to use. The ones
l've been using had been a thousand - serial numbers i010,
1020 in that range_ I dug out a few which were 1005 and 1006,
and they were not too good. I'm wondering if they could give me
the time at which various serial numbers came up here, that
would help me out.
CC Okay, and understand i010 are okay, that's
1006 or so that are fogged.
SPT Yeah, it's about that maybe the_ones
l"ve been using are a little higher than i010 maybe 1012, 13
14 _ in there.
SL-IV MC1959/2
TIME: 17:26 CDT, 56:22:26 GMT
1/10/74
CC Okay, we'll see if we can get some data

for you on that Ed.
SPT Thank you.
PAO And that's all through Carnarvon. We'll
be regaining contact in about 4 minutes through Guam, the
first Guam pass of the evening. Ed Gibson reported that he
is having some problems with the polaroid film that he has
been using. He said up until recently he had been using some
of the later serial numbers 1,010, 1,020 in that range and as
he got down to some of the lower numbers the 1005 and 1006
series he'd been noting that the polaroid film was pretty badly
fogged. He asked for some guidances to which serial numbers
might be the least likely to - to be fogged. With acqulsiton
in 3-1/2 minutes at Guam, we'll leave the line up for that
period of time. This is Skylab Control at 22 hours 38 minutes.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1960/I
Time: 17:38 CDT 56:22:38 GMT
1110174
SPT Houston, SPT.

CC Ed, how is it you always know that we're
in ground contact before I give you a call so well? We
got you for 7 minutes at Guam.
SPT I was Just wondering if they're ready
for the TV downlink.
CC Stand by i.
CC While I'm checking with that Ed, if -
if you happen to be looking at the active prominence that we
talked about at 2:40 during this observing time on this orbit, we
would recommend GRATING position on 55 of 2434 optical
reference. And we're waiting for the TV.
SPT 2434 and here comes the TV.
CC Thank you sir.
CDR Actually we have a little bird up here
who tells us - tells us he's a friend of the woodpecker's.
CC Ah so, those little birds are good at
doing things llke that. I was Just thinking all my AOS,
LOS calls were really unnecessary.
CDR That's okay though, we like your voice.
CC Oh, that's the nicest thing anybody's
said to me all day.
CC Skylab, Houston_ we're i minute from
LOS, and we'll see you again in 17 minutes over the States
through Goldstone at 23:06. And for Bill, the latter part
of the States pass picking up at MILA is going to be set up
for his phone call.
PLT Roger Crip.
CC Rog, and that'll be starting off on the
left antenna and switching to the right later.
PLT Thank you.
CDR And Crip, how's the weather for lasers?
CC Let me check that for you.
CC And it's the same story again, she's
NO GO due to weather. So you can scrub that one.
SPT Okay, thanks.
PAO Loss of signal now through Guam, and
this revolution we missed Hawaii, the next station to
acquire will be Goldstone, California at the start of a
U.S. pass that will begin in about 6 minutes. This is
Skylab Control at 22 hours 50 minutes Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1961/I
TIME: 18:05 CST, 56:23:05 GMT
1/10/74
PAO This is Skylab Control. Skylab coming

up on Goldstone, California for a continental United States
pass. Again entering over the northwestern coast of the
United States in fact just above the Canadian border. Coming
on down beneath the Great Lakes and entering out over the
Atlantic Ocean around Georgia. A little later on this evening
we'll have an Earth resources pass which begins over Malaysia
and ends Just beyond the Japanese Islands in the North Pacific
and it's estimated that that Earth resources pass will require
about 9 minimum impulse bursts of TACS gas. That's scheduled
to occur at 8:39 central time this evening. And we're about
5 seconds now from acquiring through Goldstone.
CC Skylab, Houston we're AOS Goldstone we'll
have you for 5_i/2 minutes. Skylab, Houston at your convenience
I can give you a little rundown on the weather for the upcoming
EREP pass. We can either do it here or we can pick it up at
Ascension.
CDR Houston, CDR.
CC Go CDR. Go ahead CDR.
CDR Okay, I had the VOX on too loud and it
was starting to squeal. Got a question_ post sleep this
morning it says no urine samples, our urine schedule says
that we ought to be doing it tonight, but it's not in the
presleep, I assume we're going to go ahead and do it, it's
in the details however, I'm sorry I forgot about that.
CC Okay, that as I understand it had been where
they were planning on putting it, Jet, it should - put it in
your details and you were suppose to do it this evening,
that's correct.
CDR Okay, that's right I shouldn't even asked
the question.
CC And the way we keep switching all this
stuff around, if you can keep up with it you're a better man
than I am.
CDR Yeah, we got a little chart down here in
the head and that really keeps things on us.
CC Okeydoke, I won't comment about that.
That must be Jim Sidwell's chart, he worked up a new one for
you too .
CDR Yeah, that's right it's the Jim Sidwell's
special and we got it all colored in; we color in everyday
as we go It's llke a short timer chart.
CC Okay, and you guys are workln_ in that
d_rect_on as far as short timing.
CDR We're over the hill.
CC Roger, that.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're i minute from
SL-IV MC1961/2
TIME: 18:05 CDT, 56:23:05 GMT
1110174
LOS, we'll speak to you again in about a minute and a half over
Texas and shortly thereafter we'll be set up for Bill's phone
call and say again the antenna's left to right. And also
we'll be doing a data/volce recorder dump through MILA.
CC Skylab, Houston we're AOS through Texas
we have you for ii minutes, and we'll be doing a data/voice
recorder dump. And SPT, Houston Ed at your convenience I can
try to answer your question on the polaroid film packs.
SPT Be with you in a minute Crip.
CC Okay, no rush.
CC Skylab, Houston we've finished the
data/voice recorder dump and we've also reeonfigured, we're -
recorder 3 is back data/volce recorder.
SPT Thank you Crip. Say Crlp there was a
suggestion made previously that I could do some of the no
EREP alternates on the ATM. The one which they suggested
is 23:56 is the building block IA and IB, we Just got done
doing a IA and I-B with those time exposures in there for 82A
and I'm wondering if they would want that or perhaps the
duty no EREP alternate at 22:23.
CC Try to get a quick answer for you on
that.
SPT Okay. Also Crip if time permits, I was
goinR to put in the 82B operations which are called out on
the no EREP alternate at 23:56, however Just those beginning '
at 6:30 time remaining.
CC Okay, copy that Ed.
CC Ed, Skylab, we're about i minute from
LOS, and next station contact is over Ascension in i0 minutes
and that's at 23:34. Ed, we're a little bit confused about
the amount of time you've got available to do the ATM stuff
that you recommended or you suggested there. I don't think
that you're going to have an adequate amount of time to do that
stuff on the 22:23 rev. Also that JOY 7 BB-15 for 82D
exposure was to be coordinated with some ground stuff and so
we don_t need that one.
SPT Okay, Crlk - Crip, then what's your
recommendation - -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1962/I
Time: 18:24 CDT 56:23:24 GMT
1110174
Cc Ground stuff and so we don't need that

one.
SPT Okay, Craig - Crip then what's your
recommendation, just do the first part of the of that orbit.
CC I guess ad-lib.
SPT Okay.
PAO This is Skylab Control, we're out of
range now of the Bermuda tracking station. About 7-1/2 minutes
away from regaining contact through Ascension, and this
again will be a low elevation pass through Ascension. We
could have marginal communications at that site. Ed Gibson
attempting to get additional time on the ATM console,
squeezing every possible moment out of the time line to
observe the Sun. And it appears that an additional pass
that he was tryin_ to work in prior to the Earth resources
pass tonight will not be possible, or at least not in full
duration. It Just doesn't appear that there is going to
be time for him to conduct the ATM operations and also for
the crew to get the things they need done in order to be
maneuvering into the EREP attitude. That Earth resources
pass this evening begins at 1:39 Greenwich mean time or
8:30 central daylight time over the western part of Malaysia.
Astronaut - astronauts, Jerry Carr, Ed Gibson, and Bill
Pogue will point the Skylab cameras and sensors earthward
Tonight's pass crosses the tip of Malaysia near Singapore
out into the South China Sea, over Taiwan and over Kobe,
Kyoto, and Nigata Japan. The pass ends in the North Pacific
Ocean. Over Malaysia the Skylab cameras will be turned on
to gather information for land use studies mapping, and
geologic analysis. There's a high concentration of thermal
power plants along the Suruga Peninsula in Japan. And one
of the Skylab task is to measure the temperature distribution
of the water in this area. The crew will also be measuring
affluent patterns of the water in the same area. In addition
the astronauts will also collect data for environmental
studies in Japan. And finally they will study ice movement
into the ocean around Japan. The pass as we said begins
at 8:39 p.m. and ends 30 minutes later at 9:09 p.m. central
dayllgkt time. Jerry Cart will man the view finder
tracking system. Bill Pogue will be at the control and
d_splay console and Edward Gibson will be handling the
Earth terrain camera. And we're now 5 minutes away from
regaining the contact through Ascension. This is Skylah
Control at 23 hours 29 minutes.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1963/I
Time: 18:32 CDT 56:23:32 GMT
1/10/74
PAO This is Skylab Control. We're about

to acquire through Ascension and again this will be a low
elevation pass, so we may have marginal communications. And
the duration of this period of acquisition is about 5
minutes.
CC Skylah, Houston; we're AOS Ascension
and we have you for 5 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston. If somebody has a
moment we've got a realtime request for a handheld of a
little cyclone we got setting off the Philippines down - that
you're going to come over on the next rev around. And I
could give you some data on it if you have got time to copy
it.
CDR Okay, go ahead.
CC Rog, you got a pencil handy and a piece
of paper?
CDR Sure do.
CC Okay, what I'm going to do is give you
the listings for the - for the site. It's a GMT of 00:19:37
be a handheld 15, the angle is 34 degrees, a window Sl, using
a Hotel Delta Charlie lO0-millimeter, Charlie X-ray film.
What it is we got tropical cyclone Wanda which has
developed recently. The winds are expected to be 60 knots
with 70 knot gusts about the time that you come over it. And
this is going to be, oh, about 9 minutes or so after you've
initiated the maneuver to - to Z-LV on this pass.
CDK Okay Crip, and just where is it relative
to say Luzon or Manila or something like that?
CC Rog, okay, I can - it's almost due west -
correction, due east of the Philippine Islands. And I could
give you a lat/long if you'd like. It's at 11.4 north,
130.6 degrees east, almost due west of Leyte.
CDR Due west or due east?
CC I'm sorry, don't know my east from west
again, due east.
CDR Okay Crlp, we'll give it a whirl.
CC Rog, FLIGHT Just put a rock in my right
hand to remind me.
CC We are 1 minutes from LOS, next station
contact is Carnarvon in 26 minutes at 00:04.
CDR Roger.
PAO This is Skylab Control. Our best guess
is that Commander Jerry Cart or possible Pilot Bill Pogue
will be taking those handheld photos requested by CAP COMM
Bob Crippen. The target of interest is a tropical cyclone
named Wanda which has peak winds of 60 to 70 knots gusting
up to 70 knots. And Carr was advised that he'll have an
SL-IV MC-1963/2
Time: 18:32 CDT 56:23:32 GMT
1/10/74
opportunity to take a picture of that tropical storm which

is of quite a bit of interest because it is occurring so
late in the season. The opportunity to photograph the storm
occurs at zero hours 19 minute, 37 seconds Greenwich mean
time which will be about 9 minutes after the crew initiates
the attitude maneuver for the Earth resources pass. The
storm is located due east of the Philippines, the coordinates
again are i - or 11.4 degrees north - 11.4 degrees north
and 130.6 degrees east which is just about due east of
Leyte. The crew will be using the Hasselblad camera with a
100-millimeter lens for that photography. Next station to
r pick up contact with Skylab will be Carnarvon, that's 22-1/2
minutes from now. This is Skylab Control, Houston.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1964/I
TIME: 19:03 CST, 57:00:03 GMT
1110174
PAO This is Skylab Control. We're now on

day 57, zero hours 3 minutes Greenwich mean time. And Skylab
is coming up on Carnarvon, Australia for the last pass over
that Australian tracking station for the evening. Space station
now on revolution 3485 and the last remaining activity on the
Fli_ht Plan for today is the Earth resources pass which begins
at 01:39 Greenwich mean time or 8:39 central, lasts for
30 minutes and that will be on track 49 which begins over
Malaysia and crosses over the Japanese Island ending in the
North Pacific off Japan.
CC - - go ahead.
PAO And we're getting a bit of early
communications from the crew so we'll stand by for the call.
CC And I'm here, we're AOS Carnarvon we'll
have you for about i0 minutes.
SPT Hello, Crip. Say, no wonder I didn't think
I had enough time to do much on this orbit. I didn't realize
that Jerry had the maneuver going on, I was looking at my own
section of the summary Flight Plan.
CC Okay, yon had us scratching our heads
here about that for a little while.
SPT There's no way I was going to fit 55 minutes
worth of data into 15 minutes.
CC I know you're good, Ed, but I didn't
think yon were quite that good. Have you got time to reach over
panel 206 and turn the REG ADJUST pot 1 and 2 25 degrees clockwise?
SPT Sure will Crip.
CC Okay and a little bit of information we'll
probably be leaving them there for the entire evening so you
won't have to be changing them back after the pass.
CDR Hey_ Crip, let's postpone the evening status
report until after the EREP, I'll give it to you then.
CC Okay, will do Jer.
SPT Crlp, you said clockwise, Is that affirm?
CC That's affirmative.
SPT Thank you.
CC And CDR, at your convenience and I guess we'll
have plenty of time after the maneuver gets started here but
I can give you a brief rundown on what the weather is anticipated
for the pass but you'll probably be able to look out the window
over there pretty soon and see its pretty good.
CC SPT, Houston. Ed if you get a chance we
would like about 5 more degrees on that REG i pot.
CDR How's Chat grab you Crip.
CC We'll take a look at it. Skylab, Houston
that adjustment looks good.
CDR Roger.
SPT Hello, Crlp would you like a frame count?
SL-IV MC1964/2
TIME: 19:03 CST, 57:00:03 GMT
1/10/74
CC We'd love one.

SPT 12029, 3983, 147, 339, 4198, 3939.
CC Thank you very much Ed.
SPT You're welcome.
CC Skylab, Houston we're 1 minute from
LOS, next station contact is over Guam in 4 minutes at
00:17.
CDR Roger, Crip.
CC And for PLT on the powering down there,
we're not sure the duct fan configuration per the checklist
right now. If you have a chance, would you recheck it.
PAO This is Skylab Control, Skylab going
out of range of the Carnarvon tracking station with usual
burst of noise. And we,ll be picking up communication again
in a little less than 3 minutes through Guam. We'll leave the
line up for the Guam acquisition. And the crew over Carnarvon
begin the maneuver to the Z-local vertical attitude, the
proper attitude for the Earth resources pass coming up on
the next revolution. And shortly after completing that
maneuver, they're scheduled to take some handheld photographs
of the tropical cyclone located near the Philippines east
of Leyte and they'll be using the Hasselblad with a 100-
millimeter lens. And shooting the picture out one of the STS
windows in the multiple docking adapter. The tropical cyclone,
Wanda has peak winds of 60 to 70 knots and is located at 11.4
degrees north, 130.6 degrees east. Should be picking up Skylab
again in about i minute 30 seconds through the tracking station
at Guam Island.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1965/I
Time: 19:16 CDT 57:00:16 GMT
1/10/74
CC Skylab_ Houston; AOS through Guam for

10 minutes.
CDR Roger Crip, S190 looks like a good window
rather than S1 and we don't have it in site yet.
CC Okay.
PLT Crip, you were saying something about
the fan configuration not being quite right. I've rechecked
it a couple of times, could you be more specific?
CC Okay, on the duct fans in step i, we
were showing all of DUCT 2 FANS OFF and DUCT 3 FANS all ON.
I guess that power down is supposed to turn them all - all
OFF in DUCT 3 and 3 and 4 OFF in DUCT 2.
PLT Okay, that's what I thought I did, I
will go down and check.
CC And Skylab, Houston. We need the DAS
to handle the CMG heaters for a little minute.
SPT You have it Crip.
CDR The best I can tell through the clouds
Crip, we're passing the south end of Mindanao right now.
CC That's about right.
CDR Okay_ it's starting to get pretty cloudy,
we may get something good here after all.
CC Okay, you should be coming right up on
it.
CC And our little minute is over, and the DAS
belongs to you guys again.
SPT Thank you Crip.
SPT There's a cyclone - cyclonic pattern to it
but it doesn't look as though it's really had a chance to
form up too well, I don't see any eye and right now we're
looking for feeder band and really can't see any extensive
ones.
CC Rog, so it's just a - a general all
cloudy type formation is about all you're seeing?
CDR No, there is some cyclonic shape to it,
and there is one faint feeder band that comes in from around
the Leyte area. But it just hadn't had a chance to
develop, probably in another day or so it might wind up
tighter.
CC Okay, well this one has just recently
started to wind up, so what you're saying is probably
consistent with that.
SPT Yeah, there's no - there's no real eye
in the center of it Crip, there's a over shooting cloud tops.
PLT There's also a sort of general spiral-
in path of very heavy thunder storm activity, just sort of
dispersed along a path that spirals into the center. It's the
SL-IV MC-1965/2
Time: 19:16 CDT 57:00:16 GMT
1/10/74
closest in arm, if that makes any sense.

CC Okay.
SPT It's so closely filled in there in the
center Crip, that it's kind of hard to see the details.
It's - the center though it still has an awful lot of over
shooting cloud tops and it's very flat, and it could be a
circular exhaust cloud but I really can't say that for sure
unless we can see around the sides of it, we can only see
the top view of it.
CDR There are some clouds to the north of
it about a hundred miles that are beginning to take up sort
of a arcuared (sic) form, there it's beginning to get curved. So
it looks like it probably winding up into something.
CC Okay, really appreciate that good
description, I'm being informed that we have not had an
opportunity to get satellite photography of it yet, so that's
the first real good orbit observations we've had.
CDR Roger, I'ii bet the satellite can give
you a much better picture of it than we can, we're just too close
to it.
CC Rog, but that was a pretty good run down
you guys gave us, might turn out to be weather men.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're i minutes from
LOS, next station contact is over Goldstone in 16-i/2 minutes
at 00:43.
SPT Roger Crip.
PAO All three Skylab crewmen gave us descrip-
tions of tropical cyclone Wanda east of the Philippines as
they photographed it with the 70-millimeter Hasselblad camera
equiped with a 100-millimeter lens. The general consensues
of opinion seem to that the storm was cyclonic in nature but
they did not see an eye and it was not particular well formed.
That was a handheld photo target of opportunity passed up
to the crew the previous revolution. The storm is of interest
because it has formed up in an unusual time of year. And as
we said peak winds reaching up around 60 to 70 knots. The
Skylab space station now has completed the maneuver into the
Z local vertical attitude for the Earth resources pass coming
up on the next revolution. And we're 14 minutes away from
regaining contact through Goldstone, California. This is
Skylab Control at zero hours 29 minutes Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1966/I
Time: 19:41 CDT 57:00:41 GMT
1110174
PAO Skylab Control, 41 minutes 54 seconds

Greenwich mean time. Space station is coming into range
of tracking station to Goldstone. We'll hold the line up
for this stateside pass which will end through MILA in
about 5 minutes.
PAO This is Skylab Control, we're about to
acquire at Goldstone. We have acquisition, and we'll
stand by for the call.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're AOS across the
States and we're goin_ to have you here for about i0 minutes
or so.
CC And Skylab, Houston, we'll need the
DAS here for a moment to upload some momentum biases.
CDR You've got it.
CC Skylab, Houston, the DAS belongs to
you guys once more. And for the SPT, Ed whenever it's
convenient I can give you a rundown on those Polaroid film
packs.
CDR Okay, he'll be about 15 20 minutes.
CC Okay, there is no sweat. We can get it
either later today or tomorrow, whenever he likes it.
CDR Okay.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're about over Texas
now and we'll be dumping the data/voice recorder.
CDR Roger Crlp. And l!m a little surprised
that we don't have any DAC tonight.
CC You're talking about on the EREPs for the
VTS.
CDR Yeah.
CC I don't know the answer to that right
now, but I'ii see if I can get one for you.
CDR Okay.
CC CDR_ Houston, if you've got a moment
I can explain to me explain to you why we didnlt schedule
the DAC up for use on the VTS.
CDR Roger, go ahead.
CC Rod. If - we notice that we are using
191 this pass. And I'm being told that the only requirement
for the DAC on the VTS is for pointing correlation for 191.
CC They're basically saying that the DAC's
resolution is such that it's not really very good for a
data source.
CDR Okay, then.
PLT Hey, Crip I have a slight anomaly here at
the 190 Alfa people may be interested in.
CC Tell us about it.
PLT It has to do with the camera number 6.
SL-IV MC1966/2
Time: 19:41 CDT 57:00:41 GMT
1/10/74
When I down loaded it yesterday I voice recorded the frame

number 6 camera was reading 9883. When I loaded it this
evening it was reading 9884. Now all other - all the other
five cameras of course had the same frame count, as
why I took them out. I thought maybe I might have made a
recording error. Then when I did the film advance all the
first five cameras advanced three counts from the readings
I gave you a moment ago. But the number 6 camera advanced
five counts to 9889. It is moving film, I took it off and
checked it. But I Just thought you wanted to know about
it because the count is not going - perhaps not going to
check out.
CC Okay.
CC And Bill, I am being informed that we
are aware of that. There is a problem with the magnetic
film advance on that particular station. And we're looking
at a little procedure that might help us check that out.
PLT Roger.
CC And we're about 40 seconds from LOS.
Next station contact is Vanguard, and that's about i0 minutes
away at 01:09.
PAO Loss of signal now through MILA. The next
station to acquire Skylab will be Vanguard. We Just barely
clipped the edge of the Vanguard circle of coverage for
a relatively brief and low elevation pass here. And that
will be the last station that we acquire until Skylab comes
back around to Goldstone at the end of this revolution.
There will be no station coverage for the Earth resources
pass that begins at 1:39 Greenwich mean time and continues
on through until 2:09 GMT, a period of 30 minutes beginning over
Malaysia and ending northwest of Japan. At i hour zero
minutes Greenwich mean time, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC 1967/1
TIME: 20:08 CDT, 57:01:08 GMT
1/10/74
PAO This is Skylab Control at 1 hour

8 minutes Greenwich mean time. We're 1 minute away from
acquiring Skylab through the tracking ship Vanguard off the
coast of South America. And this will be our last station
coverage before the Earth resources pass which begins in about
32 minutes. The next station after Vanguard to acquire will
be Goldstone, California following the Earth resources pass.
CC Skylab, Houston we're AOS through the
Vanguard for 7 minutes.
CDR Roger, Crip. Hey Bob will you pass a
message to the purple gang for us?
CC Be happy to.
CDR Roger, tell them that, you heard their
little presentation this afternoon didn't you?
CC Yes sir.
CDR Yes, well will you tell them -
CC It moved us also.
CDR Just tell them we were so moved by the
little presentation that we were speechless for a moment but
they really didn't give us time to reciprocate in kind at all
but I want to now and I wonder if you would pass the word to
them. Just tell them that on day 61, we're going to take
red dye markers and on day 67 we're going to have blue and since
red and blue make purple we're going to dedicate them to
purple.
CC That's beautiful. It so happens I get
to work with the leader of the purple gang tomorrow and I
will - it'll take a great deal of pleasure in passing that on.
CDR Well we figure that's the least we do
for those guys, they've really been great.
CC They really have. You guys put up with
them on execute for what 5 days there I thought you guys did
good.
CDR You guys do a good job and we'll dedicate
a red one to you.
CC No comment. Okay and we need the DAS
to get the heaters for the CMGs.
PLT Jer said to tell you we're deeply moved
by your comment.
CC That was no comment you were deeply moved
by yes. I was sitting here lamenting that we aren't going
to get to share this EREP pass with you guys, you're going
to have to do it all by your lonesome and we can't listen in.
PLT We just realized that.
CC Skylab, Houston we're 1 minute from LOS,
next station contact is an hour and 4 mintuee away over
Goldstone at 02:20, 02:20 we'll be doing a data/volce recorder
dump there and happy EREP.
SL-IV MC1967/2
TIME: 20:08 CDT, 57:01:08 GMT
1/10/74
CDR Roger, thanks Crip and I guess looks like

we'll be flying right over Houston we'll be looking for you.
CC Well, actually you came pretty close
the last pass, this one coming down is going to bring you
looks like over BaJa.
CDR Oh yeah, that's right.
PAO We've lost contact now over the tracking
ship Vanguard. And we're 1 hour 2 minutes away from regaining
contact through Goldstone, California. Today's Earth
resources pass which begins at 1:39 Greenwich mean time
or about 22 minutes from now will be accomplished on ground
track 49 across the areas of West Malaysia and Japan and
surrounding waters. Mnltispectral and metric photography
data will be gathered over West Malaysia, this will be applied
to geologic and hydrological study. The same type of photography
plus multispectral scanner data acquired over Japan will
be used to study such effects of human activities on the
natural envirronment as the discharge of heated water from
thermal power plants into the inland seas on multispectral
photography and microwave radiometer data will be collected
on cloud system over Japan. This data will be analyzed in
comparison with conventional information for the purpose
of improving weather forecast. Photography and multispectral
scanner data acquired over the Pacific Ocean just northeast
of the Island of Honshu, Japan will be analyzed for water
color and thermal variations related to the interface of
the Oyashio and Kuroshio currents. Such information will
contribute to understanding the seasonal dynamics of these
two water masses. And also to the improvement of forecasting
fishing locations. At 1 hour 19 minutes Greenwich mean time,
this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1968/I
Time: 21:18 CDT 57:02:18 GMT
1110174
CC This is Skylab Control at 2 hours 19

minutes Greenwich mean time. We're waiting on Skylab to
come within range of the Goldstone tracking antenna. This
will be our first contact with the space station in a little
over an hour. And we'd expect to get a report from the
crew on the Earth resources pass that they conducted this
revolution as they passed over Malaysia and Japan. One note,
the weather for that Earth resources pass appeared to be
reasonably good. The cloud cover was predicted to be 40
to 70 percent for most of the track and over Japan it was
mostly clear according to our weather reports. And a number
of the targets on the track were weather related targets.
CAP COMM Crippen will be putting in the call to the crew
momentarily, and we'll stand by for that.
CC Skylab, Houston' we're AOS Goldstone, we
have you for 12 minntesp we'll be doing the data/voice
recorder dump here.
CDR Roger Crip, we started back into SI
about 2 minutes late, we got busy looking at the ground and
let the time go. And the the ability to tell the confluence
up there - we had two things working against us, number 1
was a lot of clouds and number 2 was that apparentely you
just can_'t see changes in blue, that is from lighter blue
to darker blue. Ed could see the - the llne of demarcation
from where he was in the wardroom looking out that window,
but I couldn't see it in the VTS. I did however, see
chlorophyll bloomlng_ plankton blooming along the coast of
Japan. So it's apparent that you can see the green to blue
contrast but not the light blue to dark blue.
CC Okay, that's a good description, thank
you Jet.
CDR By the way Crip, we had 2 CMG sats
during the Z-LV was after we took the fine maneuver out at
01:31 and they both occured early once we got settled out
over - well we were just about abeam of Tiawan when things
settled out real well_ and we had no more sats.
CC Okay, appreciate that informationp thank
you.
CC Skylab, Houston. At the time we're
showing both caution and warning systems turned off, that
90 Alfa you went earlier would have powered down number 2,
but it should not have gotten number i. Can you tell us
what the status of that is, do we have telemetry problem.
PLT 1 and 2 or back on, Crip.
CC Okeydoke.
PLT I caught that in the reconfiguration.
CC Rog.
CC Bill, we're show still showing both
SL-IV MC-1968/2
Time: 21:18 CDT 57:02:18 GMT
1/10/74
of them off, you might - might ought to check that on panel

207. I'm sorry, on - circuit breakers on 202.
PLT That's the same mistake the checklist
people do. Up is on to me.
CC Rog, understand. We got them now,
thank you.
PLT Rog.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're i minutes from
LOS, next station contact is over the Vanguard in 12 minutes,
that's at 02:44. And if you guys could have a evening
status report for us there we_ll - we'll take it and get
out of your hair for this evening.
CDR Okay Crip, Billts just eating now and
we're going to do a documentary on it for DP 4, so let's
hold off on that a little longer.
CC Okay. The - we have a Tananarive pass
also coming up and that's about 03:11, I can get it there,
if not there, Hawaii at 03:54.
CDR Roger, we'll have it at 03:11.
PAO At 2 hours 33 minutes Greenwich mean
time. That completes stateside pass through Goldstone and
Texas. And also on that pass we got a report from the crew
on the Earth resources pass that they had conducted over
Malaysia and Japan which by and large sounded - would
appear to have gone quite well. They did have some difficulty
tracking the interface of the Oyashio and Kurushio Currents
and those are spelled O-y-a-s-h-i-o and K-u-r-u-s-h-i-o Current.
Jerry Carr said the problem was primarily the broken cloud
cover in that area, but he felt that Ed Gibson was able to
track some of _he interface between those two currents.
He said they were also able to detect chlorophyll and plankton
bloomin_ along the coast of Japan. And as a result of that
particular maneuver going from the normal solar inertial to
the Z local vertical attitude used for the EREP pass the
GNS officer reported that we used 20 mihs or 20 minimal
impulse bursts, 9 had been predicted but both are acceptably
low. The addition number of mibs is attributed to the fact
that as the crew reported they were a little late getting
out of the Z local vertical attitude and initiating the
solar inertial attitude as they were engrossed in observa-
tion of the features along the groundtrack. And then
backing up the crew on the circuit breaker configuration
the EGIL or electrical systems engineer here in the Control
Center noted that both mas - master caution and warning
systems has been disabled, only i was to have been disabled
as part of the housekeeping activity, and we called this to
the attention of Bill Pogue who quickly rectified the
SL-IV MC-1968/3
Time: 21:18 CDT 57:02:18 GMT
1/10/74
situation by getting the proper circuit breakers back on

llne. You heard Jerry Cart report that Bill Pogue was eating
his evening meal and they'll be taking some documentary
16-milllmeter motion picture photography of Bill Pogue eating.
We'll be acquiring next through the tracking ship Vanguard
in about 8-1/2 minutes. At 2 hours 35 minutes Greenwich
mean time, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1969/I
Time: 21:43 CDT 57:02:43 GMT
i/i0/74

43 minutes Greenwich mean time. And we're comingup on the
tracking ship Vanguard off the southeast coast of South
America. And we're about 17 minutes away from the time
at which we normally say good night to the crew. That may
slip a little bit. The crew has a few last minute items
to catchup on including the crew status report. And the
schedule is pushed a little bit toward the end of the day
here with the Earth resources pass over Malaysia and Japan,
which occurred on the previous revolution. Have about
20 seconds until acquisition. We'll stand by for CAP COMM
Bob Crlppen's call.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're AOS over the
Vanguard for ll minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're one minute from
LOS. Tananarlve in about 17 minutes at 0S:11, 0S:11. And
we'll be standing by for the evening status report there
Bill.
PLT Roger.
PAO This is Skylab Control, we've lost data
now as Skylab goes over the horizon and out of view of the
Vanguard tracking antenna. The next station to acquire will
be Tananarive in about 16 minutes. And we'd expect that to
be the last station during which we have conversation with
the crew tonight. They're schedule to begin the quite
period prior to their sleep period. After the Tananarive
pass the crew will be going to be i hour late tonight because
of that late Earth resources pass with bedtime scheduled for
4 hours Greenwich mean time or ii:00 p.m. central daylight
time. At 2 hours 56 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1970/I
TIME: 22:10 CDT, 57:02:10 GMT
1/10/74

i0 minutes. We're coming up on the tracking station at
Tananrive. Over Tananarive we expect to get the crew status
report and then we'll say goodnight to them. And they won't
actually begin their sleep period for about another 45 minutes
but we'll be observing the standard practice of saying
goodnight to them i hour before bedtime giving them i hour
of time, in this case approximately 45 minutes of time to
themselves prior to the beginning of the sleep time.
CC Skylab, Houston we're AOS, Tananarive
we have you for about 6 minutes.
PLT Roger and you ready for the photo log,
first.
CC Yes sir.
PLT Roger, 16-millimeter: okay it's delta
Papa 3, Charlie India, 128_ 50 percent, Charlie India_ 127.
35-millimeter, Nikon, I, Charlle X-ray, 40, 66; Nikon 2,
India Romeo i0, 09; Nikon 3, Charlie India 113, 46; Nikon 4,
Bravo, Echo 09, 26; Nikon 5, Bravo Hotel, 06, i0. 70-millimeter:
Charlie X-ray 51, 154. ETC, Bravo Whiskey 03, reading 087.
EREP, set X-ray 0154, 2335, 9878, 9240, i011, 9937.
Drawer A configuration, only change in alfa 2 position,
Alfa 2 transporter 05, Charlie India 128, 50 percent,
Charlie India 127. Ready to read evening status.
CC Okay.
PLT Roger, Sleep: CDR, 8.0, 7.0 heavy,
1.0 light; SPT, 8.5, 7.5 heavy, 1.0 light; PLT 9.0, 8.0 heavy,
1.0 light. Urine: CDR, 260: SPT, 180; PLT, 335. Water gun:
CDR, 0426; SPT, 4304; PLT, 8384. BMMD: CDR, 6.298, 6.299,
6.293; SPT, 6.327, 6.342, 6.327; PLT, 6.228, 6.225, 6.220.
Exercise: CDR, no change; SPT, no alfa done today; PLT, no
change. Medication: CDR, none, clothing: trousers and shorts;
SPT, Medication, none and clothing: shorts and socks; PLT,
none/none. Shopping list accomplishments: T002-2, filter 1.6,
on tape at approximately 15:40, that was Saturn to the far limb,
if you can believe that. Okay squeezer bag replacement in
ED-61 ops, documentary photos number 3. Inoperable equipment,
none. Unscheduled stowage item location change, SOP, 010 and
012 to Foxtrot 550 from Foxtrot 557. Okay, menu: CDR,
salt, 19.0, minus one tea, minus one strawberry drink; SPT,
4.0 salt, no D's, on the CDR, correction rehydration water
deviation plus 1.0_ I'ii read the SPT's over, salt packs
4.0, no water - no deviations on the food, rehydration water,
zero; PLT, salt packs, 4.0, plus 1 coffee and sugar, minus
1 tea, rehydration water D, zero.
CC Okay, Bill, I believe that covered it all.
One item, not really all that interested in your cleaniness but
SL-IV MC1970/2
TIME: 22:10 CDT, 57:02:10 GMT
1/10/74
from a matter of thermal standpoint, we're kind of interested

if you got anybody took showers today.
PLT Oh, all three of us took showers.
CC Okay, very good. The Harines are running
a clean ship up there, right.
PLT That's affirmative.
CC Okay and one item it's - it's quite
possible you might get a CMG saturation in the upcoming night
dump period and if you guys are going to be retiring you might
want to go ahead and inhibit tha_ particular caution and
warning function so that it won't bother you.
PLT Rog, Crip understand and also all
housekeeping was done today.
CC Okay, copy that. Your wakeup site tomorrow
is going to be Honeysuckle at 12:02 we'll give you a call there.
We're about a minute from LOS, next station contact is over
Hawaii at 03:54 but we're not planning on giving you a call,
if for any reason you need us just use the old i0,00 on the DAS,
no enter, we'll say goodnight here guys.
PLT Rog, that's 12:02 huh.
CC Yes sir. Kept you up late tonight, we'll
let you sleep an hour late tomorrow morning.
PLT One thing I failed to mention on the
shopping list is T002-3, filter 2.6.
CC Okay we copy that and I guess one item
I might read to you regarding T002 performance. After your
ops on mission day 46 your accuracy dropped somewhat, it
went down to around 19 to 20 arc seconds and then it became
excellent about 9 are seconds on 52 and around that order for
the last couple of days.
PLT I've made some remarks on tape, opinion
as to why accuracy varies.
CC Okay, real fine and we're going over hill
now talk to you tomorrow.
CDR Goodnight Crip.
CC Goodnight, guys.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1971/I
Time: 22:18 CDT 57:02:18 GMT
1/10/74
PAO And that appears to he all the communi-

cations we'll have through Tananarive. And the next station
to acquire 36 minutes from now will be Hawaii. As CAP COMM,
Bob Crippen told the crew we don't plan to call them through
Hawaii. The circuits will be up if they have any last
minute details they'd like to discuss with the ground before
retiring for the night. Repeating an announcement earlier
today - from earlier today, the Skyla_ Astronauts were given
a go ahead for another 7 days in apace after mission managers
determined that both crew and spacecraft are in good shape
to continue. William C. Schneiderp Skylab program director,
said the crewmembers are in good spirits and excellent
physical condition. The astronauts have enough supplies
for mission up to 85 days. For the remainder of the mission
decisions to continue the flight will be made on a weekly
basis. A T002 experiment discussed by Bill Pogue and CAP
COMM, Bob Crippen toward the end of that Tananarive pass is
the manual navigation sightings experiment. The purpose of
this experiment is to investigate the effects of space flight.
Particularly the effects of the long duration missions on
the ability of astronauts to take manual space navigation
measurements. Again wakeup will be over Honeysuckle at
12¢02 Greenwich mean time or a little after 7:00 a.m.
7:02 a,m. central daylight time. We_ll be allowing the
crew to sleep in an extra hour in recognition of the fact
that they were kept up an hour late tonight for that Earth
resources pass. At 3 hours 20 minutes Greenwich mean time
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1972/I
Time: 22:53 CDT 57:03:53 GMT
1/i0/74
PAO This is Skylab Control, Skylab coming

up on Hawaii. We don't expect any conversation with the
crew through this station. However itts the first station
pass after we've passed along a good night to the crew.
They will not have gone to bed at this time, and we will
keep the llne up in case there is any last minute - last
minute subject that the crew wants to bring up.
PAO This is Skylab Control, Skylab has
gone out of range of the Hawaiian tracking station with no
calls from the crew. Wakeup again is scheduled for 1 hour
later tomorrow morning at 7:00 a.m, central daylight time or
12:00 Greenwich mean time, Actually the wakeup call will
come through Honeysuckle at 12:02 Greenwich mean time tomorrow
morning, The EGIL here in Mission Control Environmental
and Electrical Systems Engineer reports that the temperature
in the workshop_ the average temperature has risen from
71-i/2 degrees. The low temperature that we were recording
which this shift came on today. To its current level of
74 degrees. It was expected that the temperature within
the workshop would rise as the space station was into the
maximum beta angles and heating from the Sun. The number
of lights aboard the workshop have been turned off as an
aid in getting the temperature as low as possible and keeping
it down during this maximum - period of maximum heating.
It was predicted that with the measures taken the maximum
temperature would reach 79 degrees. And again the temperature
today has risen from 71-1/2 to the current level of 74.
This is Skylab Control at 4 hours Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1973/I
Time: 07:00 CDT 37:12:00 GMT
1/11/74
PAO This is Skylah Control, 12:00 Greenwich

mean time. Acquisition at Honeysuckle Creek, Australia in
50 seconds. The first call this morning should be made through
Honeysuckle by Spacecraft Communicator Story Musgrave. The
maroon team of flight controllers on duty presently in the
Mission Control Center headed up by Milton Windier. We'll
stand by for this first call.
CC Morning, Skylab, got you through Honeysuckle
for 6 minutes.
PLT Hi, Story.
CC Hi, Bill.
CC Ed, Houston.
SPT Go ahead, Story,
CC Ed, I don_t like to bug this early after
getting up, but this concerns TV-101 which will be coming up
pretty shortly after your PSA, and my next pass with you is
at 12:56. I was thinkin_ you might get into it by then. On
TV-101 the TV ops book only gives you information on close-
up scenes on that. If possible it would be nice if you would
give us a narration and introductory scene on TV-101. Get
a picture maybe standing back. If you get the big picture
you might also say what you made it out of. And you might also
get some TV showing you putting the pieces together.
SPT Storyp I could do the first onep but the
second one, I really don't have the time it takes to take it
apart and put it back together again. That would require another
hour or so at least.
CC Yeah, you don't want to do that.
CC And we're a minute from LOS here, about
50 minutes to Madrid at 12:56. Be dumping the data/voice
in Madrid.
PAO This is Skylab Control. Loss of signal
at Honeysuckle Creek. 46 minutes until the next station which
will be at Bermuda followed by Canary and Madrid. The wakeup
call given to the crew by Spacecraft Communicator Story Musgrave.
TV-101 scheduled this morning. Recording on the VTR is one
of the science demonstrations involving the actions of water
bubbles in weightless condition in this environment aboard
space station Skylab. It requires the TV camera to be focused
at fairly close range for a large enough image to tell or to be
able to see what the effect of weightlessness is upon these globules
of water. We_ll be back in 45 minutes for Bermuda Canary and
Madrid. At 12:11 Greenwich mean time, Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1974/I
TIME: 07:55 CDT, 57:12:55 GMT
1/11/74
PAO This is Skylab Control; 12:56 Greenwich

mean time. Acquisition at Madrid upcoming in about 50 seconds.
The Canary and Bermuda stations were not called up on this
particular rev. Standing by for acquisition Madrid.
CC Skylab, AOS through Madrid for i0 minutes.
We'll be dumping the data/voice here.
CDR Roger, Story.
CC Jerry, Houston.
CDR Go ahead.
CC Are you ready for us to schedule TV 103
ops? That's that liquid film science demo.
CDR I ought to be ready in a day or so. I
haven't really done anything in about 2 days on that, or
3 days on that.
CC Understand. You want a little more
practice on this?
CDR Yeah, I really don't have all the little
wire goodies made yet.
CC Okay, copy.
CC And while I got you, could we reduce any
times that we allocate for you on M092/93, and the MI71.
At present we're running an hour and a half on 92/93, and
two hours on 171. You think we could reduce those any at
all?
CDR Yeah, I think so. Let us think about that
a little bit and after - maybe after today's run I can call
you down some reductions.
CC Okay.
CC And, is anybody near the STS yet?
PLT I'm up here, Story, be about 5 minutes
before I can do anything.
CC Okay.
CC Ed, Houston.
CDR Go ahead, he's listening.
CC Okay, working on tomorrow's Flight Plan
for JOP 19 we need three consecutive passes. And we're wondering
if it's all right with him to schedule one ATM pass starting
immediately after he gets up and then have his PSA period
after that ATM pass.
SPT That's good, Story, go ahead.
CC Okay, thanks a lot, Ed. That'll help
us out a lot.
PLT Story, what was it you wanted at the STS?
CC Okay, Bill, we got a couple of caution
and warnings to reenable. One of them is the CMG SAT that
you inhibited last night so you wouldn't be woken up. And the
SL-IV MC1974/2
TIME: 07:55 CDT, 57:12:55 GMT
1/11/74
other one is the BAT CHARGE low on BAT 8. Make that BAT 8
only, reenable that one.
PLT Roger, those are reenabled. That was
BAT CHARGE low number 8, and CMG SAT.
CC Yes, sir, that's it. Thanks.
SPT Story, we're ready for a little morning
news whenever you can.
CC Okay, let me whip about a minute's worth
on you here. We're going LOS in about a minute. The next
station is Carnarvon about 28 minutes from now at 13:31.
A Federal Energy Office official said that the curtailment
in gasoline production may be much less than expected because
the petroleum shortage is not as great as was feared. William
A. Johnson, director of policy analysis for the energy office,
said it may be necessary to only reduce production by about
15 percent instead of 30 percent, which was the original
estimate. He also said that "evidence suggests we will
be able to avoid rationing in the country." Vice President
Gerald R. Ford says the White House may be willing to release
some of the 500 tapes and documents demanded by the Senate
Watergate Committee. In an interview, he said he received
support for his proposal for compromise efforts in a telephone
conversation with White House Chief of Staff Alexander M.
Halg, Jr. "They're willing to sit down and negotiate, as I
understand it," Ford said. Ten years after the Surgeon
General_s report on smoke and health, efforts continue to
regulate cigarettes as a hazardous substance. Sen. Frank
E. Moss, Democrat from Utah, and at least two voluntary health
organizations are preparing a petition asking the U.S. Consumer
Product Safety Commission to regulate cigarettes as it would other
hazardous substances, banning those with excessive tar and
nicotine. President Nixon has ordered the impounding of
$3 billion in funds for aiding construction of waste treatment
facilities in the year beginning July l, administration officials
disclosed. Congress has authorized $7 billion for the program
of federal grants. In a letter to the environmental protection
administrator, Nixon said the federal government "must continue
its efforts to control spending in order to avoid renewed
inflation for - or a requirement for increased taxes." The art of
necking has reached new heights at the zoo in Stoneham, Mass.
thanks to a group call Giraffe Associates. The group banded
together to by Girard, a 3_year-old male giraffe who now is
the constant companion of a 10-year-old Leona, a resident of
the Stoneham Zoo. I guess that's all we - I can get to you
now. Hank will finish it up if you want.
PAO This is Skylab Control; loss of signal at
Madrid. Next station in 25 minutes will be Carnarvon, Australia.
Underway here at the present time in the Control Center is
SL-IV MC1974/3
TIME: 07:55 CDT, 57:12:55 GMT
1/11/74
a parallel simulation of command service module reentry, which

explains some of the confusion. Some of the clocks being
diverted over to the simulated Greenwich mean time for entry.
And also some of the displays have been diverted for this
purpose. After a day off Thursday, Skylab crewmen Gerald
Carr, Ed Gibson, and Bill Pogue have returned to a busy
schedule of scientific investigations in this 57th day in Earth
orbit. Crew wakeup was at 7 a.m. central daylight this
morning. Today's activities include an Earth resources pass,
comet Kohoutek photography, solar studies, medical experiments,
and television of a science demonstration. The Earth resources
survey will follow a path that will began in the Pacific,
cross BaJa California, pass over Guaymas, Mexico, E1 Paso,
Texas, across the corner of New Mexico, over Amarillo in the
Texas panhandle, Wichita and Topeka Kansas, Kansas City,
Missouri, Davenport, Iowa, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Northern
Michigan, Lake Huron, and across Canada and Newfoundland into
the North Atlantic Ocean. Included into today's Earth resources
pass will be a variety of geological investigations, atmospheric
and sea studies, storms fronts and clouds_ radiant energy
balance through air masses, sensor performance evaluations
and lookin_ for ground water sources in the plains areas of
the United States. The pass will began at 12:28 p.m. central
time and run for 25 minutes. Apollo telescope mount solar studies
will be performed by all three crewmen today. Studies of the Sun
will continue. And of special interest will be the active
region that is now coming around the east limb of the Sun.
They will also look at the coronal structure over active regions
on the east limb_ Bill Pogue will be the subject today for
the MO92/MI71 lower body negative pressure metabolic activity
dual medical experiment, with Jerry Cart as the observer. Carr
will also take facial photos of Pogue doing the experiment.
Cart will be the subject of the limb volume measurement experi-
ment, with Pogue makin_ the measurements to note any loss in the
size of the limbs. Two Skylab maneuvers will be performed in
the evening hours to permit photography of comet Kohoutek
as it speeds away from the Sun. The S183 panorama ultraviolet
camera will be used to record the comet after the first maneuver.
And the SO19 ultraviolet stellar astronomy camera will be used
on the second maneuver. Both of these cameras are placed
on the antisolar airlock. Photographs will also be taken
of comet Kohoutek with the 35 millimeter Nikon through one
of the Skylab windows.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1975/I
Time: 08:09 CDT, 57:13:09 GMT
1/11/74
PAO - - Kohoutek, as it speeds away from the

Sun. The S183 panorama ultraviolet camera will be used to
record the comet after the first maneuver and the S019 ultra-
violet stellar astronomy camera will be used on the second
maneuver. Both of these cameras are placed in the antisolar
airloek. Photographs will also be taken of comet Kohoutek
with a 35-millimeter Nikon through one of the Skylab windows.
These photos will provide the scientists with a comparative
brightness of the comet at various phases of its journey
around the Sun. The science demonstration to be performed
by Ed Gibson and recorded on the video tape recorder, will be
actions of water in zero g under certain conditions. Several
optional handheld photo targets are on today's Flight Plan.
They include: urban area water contamination in the Chesa-
peake and Delaware - Delaware Bays and in the Richmond, Vir-
ginia area, the Sierra Mazatan mountain mass near Sonora,
Mexico, Lake Ontario ice features and water-color patterns,
the San Andreas Fault in California, ice features
in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, pack ice - or that is
pack ice formations in the Sea of Okhotsh near Sakhalin Is-
land in Eastern Soviet Union, and scabland areas near Spokane,
Washington where topsoil has been removed by erosion and
coarse debris remains. Ed Gibson will photograph the
plant growth and rice seeds in a container on board Skylab.
This particular experiment, one of the student experiments,
was submitted by Joel G. Wordekemper of West Point, Nebraska.
Some eight photo sessions of the plant growth, are scheduled on
8 days during the growth period and more photos if unusual growth
is noted by the crew after the 12th day of growth. Sleep
period is scheduled to begin at 10:30 p.m. central time, with
Pogue having the duty in case the crew needs to be awakened
during the night. 19 minutes to Carnarvon at which time
we'll return. At 13:11 Greenwich mean time, this is Skylah
Control.
PAO This is Skylab Control. 13:30 Greenwich
mean time. Acquisition at Carnarvon upcoming in about 50
seconds. Chuck Lewis is now the Flight Director after handover
from Milton Windier. Hank Hartsfield, the spacecraft communi-
cator, relievin_ Story Musgrave. Standing by for AOS at
Carnarvon.
CC Skylab, Houston through Carnarvon/Honey-
suckle for 13-1/2 minutes. Good morning from the Bronze Boys.
PLT Hello, Hank.
SPT Morning, Hank.
CDR Morning, Hank.
CC Skylab, Houston. Story didn't finish
getting up the news. Thought you might be interested that offensive
SL-IV MC1975/2
Time: 08:09 CDT, 57:13:09 GMT
1/11/74
tackle John Hicks of Ohio State won the Lombardy trophy.

SPT Very good. Did they have the awards last
night ?
CC That's rlght.
CC Skylab, Houston. Would you llke to hear
a couple of more news items?
CDR Sure would, Hank.
CC Okay. Here's one that - from Memphis,
Tennessee. It says an all-night grocery there, they made
no profit from a box of popcorn bought by two police officers
early Thursday. Shortly after the officers purchased the
popcorn and left the store, they got a call to report back
to the store. Seems that the store's clerk had been locked
up in the cooler while the holdup man waited on the customers.
Among them the two policemen. The clerk said the holdup
man served two other customers while waiting for the store
to empty so he could clean out the safe and cash register.
Here's one from -
PLT I think you made that up.
CC No, no I didn't, l'm reading right off
the news here. It says in Copperas Cove, Texas, that the
old fashion habit of snuff dipping has become the rage of
some of the high schoolers and authorities don't like it.
This is not the effete Old English habit of opening up a silver
snuff box and taking a pinch and sniffing it. This is the
pioneer and deep south procedure of pulling out the lower
lip shaking a generous portion of tobacco, cl_slng the llp
and let it seep around. Its problem is, that the snuff
begins to make the mouth water. Sometime or another, the user
must discharge the overflow or drown. The school trustees,
spitting mad, so to speak, took action this week.
"There won't be anymore snuff dipping or tobacco chewing in
school," they decreed.
CC On the serious side of the news, Egyptian
gunfire killed an Israeli soldier on the Suez front Thursday
a 4-hour artXllery battle, erupted on the southern front
wounding 5 more Israelis, the military command said.
The fighting came one day before Secretary of State Harry
A. Kissinger was to fly to the Middle East to assist Egypt and
Israel in reaching an agreement to seperate their forces on
the tense front.
CC Skylab, Houston. As a general item
here, you may have already noted it but in our hand -
in our data base for our handheld photos, reference
in the STS windows, we had windows 2 and 4 switched somehow
or another. So on today's pad, everywhere it refers to STS
window 4, it should be STS window 2. We've corrected our
SL-IV MC1975/3
Time: 08:09 CDT, 57:13:09 GMT
1111174
data base and that should be taken care of in the future pads.
SPT Got it, Hank.
CDR I think we pointed that out yesterday, Hank.
CC SPT, Houston. We don't see anything on
the VTR. We're wondering about the TV-101. Have you rearaanged
your schedule a little bit?
SPT That's right, Hank. I got the exercise
out of the way first thing in the morning. There's no way
I could to that after eating so I'm just finishing up my
meal now and I can go on a 20 - i01. I think there, however,
I'ii be able to get a fresh start at it first thing in the
morning here. I'ii put something on tape but I'm going to
be apt to do it in ten 15-minute pieces thoroughout the day and
what I don't finish up today, I'ii keep on getting tomorrow and
the following day. I think there's a wealth of material there.
It's just going to take a little while to work it away.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1976/I
Time: 08:45 CDT 57:13:45 GMT
1/11/74
CC SPT, Houston. We don't see anythin_ on

the VTR. We're wondering about TV-101, have you rearranged
your schedule a little bit?
SPT That's right, Hank. I got the exercise
out of the way first thing in the morning, there's no way I
could do that after eating. So I'm just finishing up my meal
now and I'ii get going on that 20 - i01. I think there, however,
I'ii be able to get my first start at it first thing in the
morning here. I'll put something on tape, but I'm going to
be apt to do it in ten 15-minute pieces throughout the day.
And what I don't finish up today, I'll keep on hitting tomorrow
and the following day. I think there's a wealth of material
there, it's just going to take a little while to work it all
in.
CC Okay, good show, Ed. And we're about 40
seconds from LOS. We'll be coming up on MILA at 19. And after
that, 34 minutes.
PAO This is Skylah Control. Loss of signal
from the Carnarvon, Honeysuckle stations in Australia. 32 minutes
until next acquisition at Merritt Island launch area tracking
station, At i0:00 a.m. central time in the Houston News Room
there will be a review of the ending of Skylab IV at the •
56_day point. Participants will be Skylab Program Director
Bill Schneider, Johnson Space Center Skylab Program Manager Kenny
Kleinknecht, and representative of the Marshall Skylab Program
Manager, Luther Powell_ and Dr. Royce Hawkins who is Medical
Operations Director at Johnson Space Center. Again, this is
at I0;00 a,m. in the Houston News Room. At 13:47 returning
in 31 minutes at the Merritt Island launch area tracking station,
this is Skylah Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1977/I
TIME: 09:18 CDT, 57:14:18 GMT
1/11/74
PA0 This is Skylab Control; 14:17 Greenwich

mean time. Acquisition upcoming in 50 seconds through
tracking station Merritt Island launch area, followed by
Bermuda, Canary Islands, and Madrid for approximately 15
minutes over those sites. We're standing by for reacquisition
of space station Skylab.
CC Skylab, Houston through MILA for 11-1/2
minutes.
CDR Roger, Hank.
CC And, Jer we're configured for ATM TV
anytime you're ready.
CDR Okay.
PLT Hank, PLT here having a little problem
with the tape recorder loading on reel number 2B I'd like
to brief you on.
CC Go ahead, Bill.
PLT Okay, first time I loaded it, checked
it out, when I went to 192 MODE READY I got the RECORDER
MALF light came on and it followed by a green light, but
the RECORDER MALF light did not go out. Okay, so I rewound
the stuff and rechecked everything and I checked the tension
on the hub and so forth, started up again and green light
fine on the slow speed. And again when I checked the 192
to READY the MALF light came on, the green light came on
but the MALF light didn't go out. I checked everything two
or three times, everything looks normal. Checked the tension
and the tightness on the hubs so I just let - thought
I'd brief you on it and let them think about it.
CC Okay, understand (garble). You get the green
light and everything looks normal except the MALF light
doesn't go out.
PLT That's affirmative. This apparently
during a run that's an acceptable situation, but I wanted
to brief you about it ahead of time.
CC Okay, Bill, let us think about that a
little bit.
CC Bill, that occurred on both the low
speed and high speed?
PLT Only on the high speed.
CC Just the high speed; understand.
CC CDR, Houston; we've got a little report
in here on ATM. It appears to us around on the limb around
250 to 260 that there's a - some minor surging taking place.
And it could be coming from old active region 00 or 01
which is now rotating on the disk. And we're wondering if
you're seeing anything in that vicinity?
SL-IV MC1977/2
TIME: 09:18 CDT, 57:14:18 GMT
1/11/74
CDR Haven't seen anything yet, Rank, since

I'm still Sun centered. XUV, I guess, about the best thing
to look at.
CC Okay, we copy.
CDR Right now active region 14 looks like
the hottest one in XUV.
CC Roger; we copy.
CC And, CDR, and I guess if the SPT is
listening he can copy this too. He had a question or comment
the other day regarding the polariod film fogging. We looked
back through this and packs i001 through 1026 were taken up
by SL-III. And 1027 through 53, you took up. And we determined
that it's the SL-III film that is doing the fogging. So,
we would suggest you use the packs 27 through 53 first which
is the newest film.
SPT Thank you, Hank,
CDR Hank, there are some surges up there at
250.
CC Roger, we copy.
CDR Hank, do the guys in the backroom want
a shopping list 3 or something llke that on the surge, or
you want me to go ahead and get the calibrations out of the
way?
CC Okay, we'll check that out. And while
we're doing that I got a note for Bill. We've looked into
that S192 thing and the indications there are normal, Bill.
The S192 POWER is OFF so the tape recorder recognizes no
signal coming in the - in the READY MODE. So it thinks that
the thing has failed and gives you a mall light.
PLT Okay, thank you very much.
CC And, for the CDR, we would llke a shopping
list item 3 if you can work it in.
CDR Okay, I'Ii probably have to drop 12 Echo.
CC Okay, that's okay to do that, Bill - Jerry.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're about i minute
from LOS. We'll see you again at Madrid in 4 minutes at
34.
CC Skylab, Houston through Madrid for
8 minutes.
CDR Roger, Hank.
CC (garble) Okay, thank you.
MCC Roger.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're I minute from
LOS. We'll see you again in 26 minutes at Carnarvon at 07,
and we plan to dump the recorder there.
PAO This is Skylab Control, loss of signal
at Madrid tracking station. Next station in 32 minutes will
SL-IV MC1977/3
TIME: 09:18 CDT, 57:14:18 GMT
1/11/74
be Carnarvon. However, the 56 day review Skylab IV press

conference will be underway at that time, starting at i0 a.m.
central time in the Houston News Room. Again, the participants
are Skylab Program Director, Bill Schneider, Johnson Space
Center Skylab Program Manager, Kenny Kleinkneeht, Luther
Powell of the Marshall Space Flight Center, Skylab Program
Office, Dr. Royce Hawkins of Johnson Space Center, Medical
Operation. All Skylab IV air-to-ground communications during
that period of the press conference will be taped for delayed
playback. This is Skylab Control at 14:43.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1978/I
Time: 10:36 CDT, 57:15:36 GMT
1111174
PAO This is Skylab Control 15:36 Greenwich

mean time. During the just completed Skylab 56-day status
press conference we had the combined Carnarvon/Honeysuckle
pass, which was taped. And we'll play back that tape at this
time.
CC Skylab, Houston through Ca_narvon for
9-1/2 minutes. And we'll be dumping the recorder.
CDR Think the reeorder's in use right now. Ed's
doing TV i01.
CC Okay. We copy.
SPT You dump the recorder, Hank.
CC Okay, Thank you, Ed.
CC And, Ed, we passed you some bad numbers
while ago on the serial numbers of those film packs. The
ones for SL-3 were correct, the ones you all took up were
2 - 1041 to 1066.
SPT Say again, Hank.
CC Roger. I read up the numbers on the film
packs while ago, regarding the ones that SL-III took up and
the ones you took up. The ones you took up should have been
1041 to 1066. I gave you the wrong numbers earlier.
SPT Hank, what's the starting number of the
ones we =ook up?
CC Roger. 1041.
SPT Thank you.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're i minute from
LOS. We'll be down for about a minute and right back with
you at Honeysuckle at 17.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're back with you
through Honeysuckle for 4 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're 1 minute from
LOS. We'll see you again at TeXas in 29 minutes at 15:51.
SPT Roger, Hank.
playback of the Carnarvon/Honeysuckle pass of space station
Skylab recorded during the briefing in the Houston News
Room. The space station crew is about i revolution away
from today's Earth resources survey. The Earth resources
survey today includes taking of electronic data and photos,
mainly, over the United States. The principal United States
sites are E1 Paso, Texas, Amarillo, Wichita, Salina and
Topekas Topeka, in Kansas. The Salina site is for the
purpose of environmental studies, as is the one in Kansas
City, Missouri. Then the groundtrack proceeds north-
eastward over Iowa, Wisconsin, Canada, Newfoundland and out
on into the Atlantic. The data will include a variety of
geological investigations, atmospheric and sea studies,
sensor performance evaluation, part of the continuing remote
SL-IV MC-1978/2
Time: 10:36 CDT, 57:15:36 GMT
1/11/74
sensing technology development. That is part of Skylab EREP.

And the search for ground water sources in the plains
of the United States. In addition there are four tasks that are
scheduled specifically for so-called user agencies. These
are geological studies in Oklahoma for industry and the
city planning task for Salina, Kansas and Kansas City. Kansas
City, Missouri, that is, municipalities. This pass will begin
at 12:28 p.m. central daylight time and will last for 25 minutes.
As the space station moves out seaward there past Newfoundland,
the sites are the usual ocean studies, oceanography studies
of sea state and lake ice - sea ice. We'll return in 8 minutes
for the stateside pass, Texas, MILA and Bermuda, Canary
and Madrid, etc. At 15:42 GMT, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1979/I
Time: 10:49 CDT, 57:15:49 GMT
1/11/74

mean time. Acquisition through Texas/MILA/Bermuda, up across
the Atlantic to Canary and Madrid upcoming in about 40 seconds
and we're standing by.
CC - Texas, MILA and Bermuda for 16-1/2
minutes.
SPT Roger, Hank.
CC And for the SPT, for info, at 15:18_
NOAA reported a type 3 radial burst.
SPT Roger, Hank. Thank you. I'ii be with
you in a moment.
CC And Skylab, for info, we'll need the VTR
till the MILA LOS. That'll come at about 15:54, we'll be dumping
it here.
SPT Okay, Hank. All I've got on there for
i01 so far is the intro. I'm going to - trying and put in
some demonstrations piecemeal throughout the day.
CC Okay. We copy. We're just going to
clean off what's there so it'll be available for you later.
And for info, the laser pass has been scrubbed because of
weather.
SPT Roger.
CC And Skylab, Houston.-We've got another
14 minutes left. Somewhere preferably in the early part of
this pass, if I could get someone to do a REG ADJUST in prep
for the EREP.
SPT Go ahead, Hank.
CC Okay. We'd like to get REG BUS i, 5
degrees counterclockwise and REG BUS 2, adjust i0 degrees
counterclockwise.
SPT You've got it.
CC Thank you, sir.
SPT Okay, Hank. When I started on the panel
this morning, apparently Jerry noticed a surge and perhaps
got some data on it. The surge, itself, is located at 250
degrees - just about right even at 250. It consisted of
(garble) which was inclined 45 degrees to the horizontal and exten-
ding out 30 arc seconds inclined towards the south. There was
a very diffused mass of material, maybe 20 are seconds across
which was out at 20 arc seconds when I first looked at it.
It's now moved out to 25 or 30 and perhaps become a little
bit larger but still is relatively faint. That time which
I made those observations was 15:30 and right now, 25 minutes
later, (garble) has just about disappeared. It's still visible,
extends out maybe 5 to 7 arc seconds above the surface and
the diffused material is slightly further out - maybe 25 to 30
arc seconds in the center of it. I did not notice anything
SL-IV MC1979/2
Time: 10:49 CDT, 57:15:49 GMT
i/ii/74
in the way of a transient when I first looked at the white

light coronagraph this morning. I'll be going back to Sun
center at the conclusion of these observations and try to
pick up building block 32. TThe corona did have some changes
in it from yesterday. The - at 2:30, the strea,er, which is
at that location and which is declined slightly towards
the south, was enhanced where all appearance did not change
appreciably. If anything, it might're been a little
bit narrower, but it was more enhanced. The region from
240 to 260 is also enhanced. It's not a single streamer but
more of a diffused area of material which is reflecting and
that goes out to around 3 solar radii. 270, we still have
the sharp and very narrow helmet streamer and that is also
incline slightly to the south. XUV monitor shows the active
regions 7 and 15 pretty much relatively low level, same intensity.
Active region 18 is low intensity with the following plage:
In XUV monitor, a little larger and perhaps a little brighter,
active region 68 is about as bright as what we see on the limb
in the way of 17 and 19 which is about where the action is right
now. On board, we have a tough time distinguishing between
active region 17 and 19. Also, the X-ray count from up here,
PMEC has been relatively low, less than 300 all the time.
So I've not gone into any rapid modes in the X-ray instruments.
I'm just getting a long-time exposures called for. I think
we chose a good position to work this morning and I'm going
through the observing program as it's called out because we're
right in an optimum position of getting good mirror auto
rasters. I started the mirror auto rasters at line -
grating position of zero rather than 2434, however, just
because I happened to be there and wanted to pick it up early.
I think we've got a good position to work with the remainder
of the day and looks good.
CC Okay, Ed. Thank you for the rundown.
CC SPT, another comment on your problem was
distinguishing between active region 17 and 19. We had the
same problem down here this morning. So in the future, we're
just going to call that one area active region 17.
SPT Okay. Thank you. I have a question for
82B. You wanted to make sure I covered the jet which was
extending this morning. I did not roll as far up as I could
have - as far north as I could have. So that they're slit
with really between the jet and other material. Now that
the jet has disappeared, I could truncate their 35-minute
exposure here and - when the X-ray instruments are finished
with their two exposures, I can go ahead and roll and put
their slit right on the diffused material if they would like.
CC We'll check on that.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1980/I
TIME: ii:00 CDT, 57:16:00 GMT
1/11/74
CC SPT, Houston. Did you mark the original

position of the REG BUS adjusts before you moved them?
SPT Say again, Hank, please.
CC Roger. Did you mark the original position
of the REG BUS adjust knobs before you moved them?
SPT Yeah, we've got a couple of marks on
there for nominal positions, Hank. So, I think we'll know
what - know what to go back to.
CC Okay, well, the reason I'm asking, Ed,
we got - on this adjust you made for us we've got a little
bit more than we wanted. We'd like to half what you did.
In other words, go clockwise back a half of what you really
originally went on both of those. You - that should be roughly
5 degrees clockwise on i and i0 on 2.
SPT Okay.
SPT How's that look?
CC Okay, give us a minute to look at it
and we'll let you know.
SPT Okay, what do the 82B folks think? I'm
at the point here where I'm ready to start some more X-ray
exposures. The slit would be right on the diffuse material.
Chances are their - as I look at it, the top of their
slit is getting it right now. But the - I don't have it
completely centered.
CC They're still discussing that, Ed. I'ii
try to get it to you as soon as I can.
SPT Okay, I'ii press on with another X-ray
exposure for 13 minutes.
CC SPT, Houston; we concur with your proposal
on orientation of the slit.
SPT Good, Hank.
CC And for info, the REG adjust you did looks
good to us now.
CC CDR, Houston; whenever it's convenient
sometime during the day, I have your details for your private
phone call.
CDR Okay, I'm ready to copy.
CC Okay, we've got it set up here for MILA
at 00:06 right antenna.
CDR Okay, 00:06 right.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're 1 minute from
LOS. We'll see you in 5 minutes at Madrid at 12, and we plan
to dump the recorder there.
CDR So long, Hank.
PAO This is Skylab Control. Space station
Skylab now crossing the Atlantic after loss of signal at
SL-IV MC1980/2
TIME: 11:00 CDT, 57:16:00 GMT
1111174
Bermuda tracking station. Skylab will be reacquired in about

3 minutes at Madrid tracking station. And we'll stand by
for Madrid.
CC Skylab, Houston; through Madrid for
7 minutes with a recorder dump.
CC CDR, Houston; you probably noticed that
the periods of poor site coverage are moving out of the
sleep period back up into the presleep, and it's making
it a great deal more difficult for us to schedule the
evening status and the med conference and also private phone
calls. So, what we're looking at with your concurrence is
trying where possible to schedule the - your private COMM
in the middle of the day somewhere during an open
housekeeping period, if that'll work out, so that we can
take the pressure off of trying to schedule the - the evening
status and med conference later in the evening.
CDR Roger, Hank. Understand. Whatever you
can do is fine.
SPT Hank, would you ask the 82A guys whether
they'd like to see anything in the way of an exposure. We
got a good roll for them right now and since there wasn't
any activity out in the corona, they may he able to pick
it up.
CC Okay, Ed. Give us a short wavelength
20 seconds.
SPT I was Just setting up for it. Thank
you.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're i minute to
LOS. We'll see you again at Goldstone in an hour and 9 minutes.
There's a possibility we may have you through Honeysuckle.
It's a very low pass at 16:58. The Goldstone pass comes
up at 17:27. You're EREPing then. The weather for your EREP
pass is pretty much clear until you reach the Oklahoma area.
It then becomes broken 4/10 to 7/10, and that seems
to be improving at this time. We'll know more about it later.
And up along the Great Lakes region on to the rest of your pass
it's pretty much overcast.
SPT Thank yon, Hank. For the ATM people
thinking about planning the region at 250, the H-alpha
surface features are continually changing. I think I might
see another surge breaking out of that location, at least
the H-alpha appears to be growing. So, high type resolution
studies on that part of the limbs look to be -
PAO This is Skylab Control; loss of signal
at Bermuda - I mean as you in at Madrid. Next station
will probably be Goldstone in an hour and 7 minutes. Honeysuckle
SL-IV MC1980/3
TIME: ii:00 CDT, 57:16:00 GMT
1111/74
Australia station comes up at 16:58 Greenwich mean time.

However, it's a very low elevation angle pass and likely
won't be usable. Goldstone at 17:27, which is ii - 12:27
central time. At 16:20 GMT, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1981/I
Time: 11:57 CDT, 57:16:57 GMT
1/11/74

mean time. And a very short pass coming up at the Honeysuckle,
Australia station in about 40 seconds, for which we are stand-
ing by.
CC Skylab, Houston through Honeysuckle for
a minute and a half.
CDR Roger, Hank.
CC Okay. I've got an update on your weather.
It has improved a little bit. It should be 0 to 3/10 all
the way to Chicago, if luck holds out. And then it starts
becoming overcast and probably be overcast pretty much the
rest of the way. There is dense (garble) northwest of the coast of
Spain. There's a good sized low there that's kicking up surface
winds 50 to 60 knots, which should probably kick up some good
wave actions. Also, for as far as snow cover goes, you'll
pick up snow somewhere near the Kansas-Oklahoma border and
from then on the rest of the U.S. is snow covered 2 inches -
or 4 inches or more. And there may be one little - I said it
was clear to Chicago, one little patch of ground fog in the
Panhandle area.
CDR Okay, Hank. Thank you.
CC We're about to go LOS now, Skylab. We'll
see you over Goldstone with EREP at 37.
CDR Roger. See you then.
PAO Skylab Control. Loss of signal at
Honeysuckle an extremely brief pass. Next station will be
Goldstone in 26 minutes at 12:27 central time. We'll return
then. This is Skylab Control at 17:00 Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1982/I
Time: 12:26 CDT, 57:17:26 GMT
1/11/74

mean time. 50 seconds away from acquisition at Goldstone
overlapping coverage across tracking stations Texas, Merritt
Island Launch Area, Bermuda, with a dropout over to Madrid.
And we're standing by.
CDR At 27:40, we're going to want a - the
VTS to AUTO CAL -
PLT Okay. Stand by -
CDR I'll be giving a mark at 34 for EREP,
START and then one for AUTO CAL.
PLT Okay.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're monitoring through
Goldstone.
CDR Roger, Hank. Okay, on my mark, it'll be
27:34. Stand by
CDR MARK. EREP, START. Next is ¥TS, AUTO
CAL at 40, Bill. Stand by -
PLT Stand by -
CDR MARK.
PLT MARK.
CDR Okay. RADIOMETER's going to OFF. Next
mark will be at 28 even.
PLT There's Baja. Got it.
CDR Stand by -
CDR MARK. The ALTIMETER's ON. 194 MANUAL.
CC Bill, in regard to your special 02 on
the snow cover area coming up due to where the snow cover
is, we expected you won't acquire that on 34 rather than 33:14
as we've indicated. And however, we'd like you to track that
if you would, right on up to the special 01 at 36:26.
PLT Okay. By track, you mean track the
particular spot that _I pick.
CC That's affirm. You track the snow covered
area you pick out there.
PLT Okay. What I was going to try to do, Hank,
was pick a snow covered area near Kansas City if it looks
like I'll be able to do it. Otherwise, I'll just go ahead
and pick an area.
CC Okay. We copy.
CDR ALTIMETER, UNLOCK light flashing. Went
out.
PLT At (?) Guaymas. Kansas City is (garble)
CDR And my next mark is 29:33.
PLT I'ii track Guaymas and then I'ii track on the
little bay, if that's possible.
CDR Stand by -
CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO.
SL-IV MC1982/2
Time: 12:26 CDT, 57:17:26 GMT
1/11/74
PLT There's the bay. I'm going to give you

a DATA pushbutton on the little bay at Guaymas. Now I'm
tracking the city of Guaymas. I'm using the DAC. And a
pushbutton release. Okay. Set up for White Sands, 31:26.
CDR Okay. At 30:20, I'm looking for an S191
light on.
CDR MARK. The READY came ON at 20. REFERENCE
to 6.
PLT Okay. I go to White Sands. Okay, I see
the area they want. Beautiful. Okay.
CDR Hey, Ed, we've got an ETC AUTO coming up
in 24 seconds. On my mark, it'll be 31:10. Stand by -
CDR MARK. S190 INTERVAL down to i0. On my
next mark, it'll be 31:20 with an ETC AUTO. Stand by -
CDR MARK. ETC AUTO.
PLT Mark. ON, tracking.
CDR Next mark is at 31:35. Stand by -
CDR MARK. 192 MODE to READY. Tape recorder's
picking up speed And got a MOTION light. ALTIMETER, UNLOCK
light is ON. The READY light is out. Going to STANDBY.
Okay, I think I'll just leave the ALTIMETER off. Only get
about 5 more seconds if I turn it on. Stand by for RADIOMETER
to STANDBY.
CDR MARK. At 08. 32:20's next.
PLT There's i0 degrees up.
CDR Okay. SCATTEROMETER/RADIO_ETER, ON. I've
got a 4-second delay. 33:10 is next. ETC to STANDBY.
PLT Okay. Tracking to (garble). There it is.
Okay, I'm going to get both of them. Beautiful. Any data
pushbutton. Zoom in MAX. Got the dike, right there. Okay,
I'm right on the dike. DATA push button. There, we scored
on both of them.
CDR Good deal. My next mark, will be 33:10
for ETC to STANDBY.
PLT That'd be a hit in the head not to be
able to take these things out.
CDR Stand by -
CDR MARK. ETC to STANDBY. Coming up on 16 -
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.
PLT Okay, that's it.
CDR RADIOMETER to STANDBY.
CDR Okay, angle going to zero. 24 -
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON. RADIOMETER, ON.
PLT Okay. Special 02, 33:14.
CDR Next one is 35:30.
PLT Okay. 33:14. 4, rather, (garble) at 34.
Okay. 34:33. Kansas City is 3 - 3.8 right. Okay, it's going to
SL-IV MC1982/3
Time: 12:26 CDT, 57:17:26 GMT
1/11/74
close to (garble). l've seen them there (garble). Kansas

City camera on. Back, back. Okay, there we go. Right next
to the river.
CDR On my mark, it'll be 35:30. coming up on
30. Stand by -
CDR MARK. 190 SHUTTER SPEED to MEDIUM.
PLT Zero groundtrack.
CDR On my mark, it'll be 36:00.
PLT i0 degrees. Groundtrack cameraj OFF.
- - 36:26.
CDR Stand by -
CDR MARK. S193 POLARIZATION to 4. Alfa to
MODE i. 193 Alfa.
PLT zero, zero.
CDR 36:15 coming up next with an ETC to STANDBY.
Stand by
CDR MARK. 36:15, 36:46 is next.
PLT Okay and we're taking that on nadir swath.
00 is showing. - ON, now.
CDR On my mark, it'll be 36:46. Stand by
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, to STANDBY. RADIO-
METER to STANDBY.
PLT Okay. I think I entered E on 54 - there and
I took it out.
CDR Stand by -
CDR MARK. RADIOMETER's OFF. Coming up on
37:00. Stand by -
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER's ON.
PLT Okay. I was Just a little slow getting
everything set up on that -first nadir swath.
CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK light. Still got a READY.
PLT I was going across Lake Michigan now,
I think. Some lake anyway.
CDR READY light's out. Okay, turning 193 to
STANDBY for 15 seconds.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1983/I
TIME: 12:37 CDT, 57:17:37 GMT
illil7_
CDR Coming up on 37:00, stand by.

CDR MARK. ALTIMETER's ON.
PLT (garble) we're Just a little slow
getting everything set up on that.
PLT First nadir swath.
CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK light. Still got a READY.
PLT We're going across Lake Michigan
now_ I think.
PLT It's a lake anyway.
CDR READY light's out. Okay, turning 193
to STANDBY for 15 seconds.
PLT That's pictures of water - -
CDR ALTIMETER back to ON. Coming up on
38:10. Stand by.
CDR MARK. 192 MODE CHECK.
CDR Okay, for an S190 READY out at 38:40.
PLT DAC will be going off at 38:43.
VTS DAC.
PLT MARK. DAC (garble).
CDR Okay, somewhere along the llne 190 did
not get put to AUTO.
CDR MODE is now STANDBY, the FRAME is 16.
When I get a chance I'll look back and see if I can
figure out what I did. 41:10 is the next one. I got a
190 SHUTTER SPEED to MEDIUM. I got a 190 MODE to
AUTO at 29:33, I must have missed it.
PLT And we're in a nadir swath. Picking up
a lot of high fine cirrus; very thin cirrus.
PLT On special 01 I was about i0 seconds
getting everything set on that thing. Everything else
is nominal and now we're in nadir swath. Turn to 52:55; no DAC.
CDR Okay, ALTIMETER UNLOCK, READY light's
out. We'll Just stand by for 15 seconds.
CDR ALTIMETER is back on.
PLT (Garble) for a solid overcast now.
PLT (Garble) back on (garble) frames
CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK.
PLT Because thereVs an unusual cloud formation
there. That ought to be good.
CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK.
PLT These roll clouds that we were seeing
yesterday, Jer.
CDR Yeah.
PLT There's about six of them in a row
there. I took some pictures of them earlier today too.
CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK. Going to STANDBY,
I'm going to leave it off.
SL-IV MC1983/2
TIME: 12:37 CDT, 57:17:37 GMT
1/11/74
CDR On my mark it'll be 41:10. Stand by.

CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY. 41:35 is
next.
CDR Okay, at 41:35 we'll be putting the
ETC power ON. Stand by.
CDR MARK. 41:35 ETC power ON. At 41:43 - -
CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO, got a READY
light. (garble) 150.
CDR MARK. ETC to AUTO. 41:55 - -
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER ON; RADIOMETER
ON. 42:15 next.
CDR Stand by.
CDR MARK. At 42:15 192 went to READY
it's got TAPE MOTION, good shape. 43:15 is next.
CDR Houston, CDR.
CC Go ahead.
CDR Should - should we not have the READY
light out on S190? I'm in AUTO, I got a READY light on.
CC That READY light will stay on when
it's running in sequence, Jerry.
CDR Okay. 43:15 coming up. Stand by.
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, OFF; RADIOMETER,
OFF. I got my light sequence backwards in my mind there.
43:27 coming up. Stand by.
CDR MARK. 192 MODE to STANDBY. 43:34 coming
up. Stand by.
CDR MARK. 190 MODE INTERVAL to 20. 43:34.
CDR MARK. 193 to XTNC, L/R, I'OLARIZATION 5.
43:52 stand by.
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER ON; RADIOMETER
ON.
CDR 44:05 ETC's be at 4.8 frames per minute.
CC Skylab, we're going LOS. We'll see
you again at Madrid in about 4 minutes.
CDR Okay.
PLT Got a couple of frames in the Gulf
of St. Lawrence there too.
PLT (Garble) of nice information (garble)
DAC frames up there.
CDR Yeah.
CDR Yesterday they didn't feel the resolution
was good enough to do any good on the - last night's EREP
pass.
PLT (garble). Well, I took about 4 frames
of - -
SL-IV MC1983/3
TIME: 12:37 CDT, 57:17:37 GMT
1/11/74
CDR - - 45. 190 READY light is out; ETC

to STANDBY, 190 to STANDBY.
PAO This is Skylab Control; Earth resources
survey number 26 underway along track 58. The crew on VOX mode
with the intercom, voice actuated. As the space station
came over the hill at Goldstone we could hear the crew going
through the EREP Checklist in preparation for turning on the
instruments. And during the latter portion of pass over
the Continental United States they reported fairly heavy
cloud cover. About a minute away from reaequisition through
Madrid, and standing by.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1984/I
Time: 12:49 CST, 57:17:49 GMT
1/11/74
CC Skylab, Houston through Madrid for

9 minutes.
CDR Roger, Hank. Can the guys in the EREP
backroom tell whether or not that at 29:33, I made a call
for S190 MODE to AUTO.
CC Roger, Jerry. You made that call and
we think, probably everything's all right. If you'll give
us a reading on station i, we can probably tell right quick.
CDR Okay. I found that switch off when
I came to it so it could be that I grabbed it when - Up above,
when I was suppose to put the SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY, I may
have grabbed 190 and put it to STANDBY, which means we're
about 2 minutes lost. Okay. Station i is reading 183.
CC 183. Roger. It should read around 210,
I think.
CDR Okay. I suspect that's what happened
then. Up there around 36:46, when the SCATTEROMETER went
to STANDBY, I may have grabbed the 190 switch and put it
to STANDBY.
CC Okay, we copy, Jer.
PLT This nadir swath isn't going to go
anywhere. I'm going to go up there and get the maneuver.
CDR Okay. On my mark it'll be 52:00.
CDR Stand by.
CDR MARK. 194 MODE MANUAL.
CDR On my mark it'll be 52:55.
CDR Stand by.
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER OFF.
CDR MARK. RADIOMETER OFF. 57.
CDR 53:06 is next. Stand by.
CDR MARK. EREP STOP.
CDR Okay - -
CC Skylab, Houston. We need the DAS for
heater off commanding.
PLT Stand by i, I'm putting the new maneuver
time in.
CC Okay.
CDR Okay. Bravo 7 is reading 35, 35.
PLT You've got it, Hank.
CC Thank you, sir.
SC (Garble)
CC CDR, Houston. Do you have a moment?
CC Skylab, Houston. The DAS is yours.
CDR Talk, Hank.
CC CDR, Houston.
CDR Go ahead, Hank.
CC Hey, Jer. On the last two S193 callouts
you made there, S193, STANDBY and radiometer - scatterometer/
radiometer, the pad calls for STANDBY and you called them OFF.
SL-IV MC-1984/2
Time: 12:49 CDT, 57:17:49 GMT
1/11/74
And you did that previously up there at about 43:15. We

were wondering if you were putting them in STANDBY and
calling it OFF, or are - did your pad print out wrong or
what's going on?
CDR No. That's - I put them in STANDBY.
I seem to have this hang-up of calling it off.
CC Okay. We copy, Jer.
LOS. We'll see you again at Tananarive at 09.
CDR Roger.
PAO This is Skylab Control loss of signal
through Madrid. i0 minutes to voice/relay station at Tananarive.
We'll return at that time. At 17:58 Greenwich mean time,
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1985/I
Time: 13:07 CDT, 57:18:07 GMT
1/11/74

mean time. Space station Skylab coming up on volcerelay
station at Tananarive in 45 seconds. And we're standin_ by.
CC Skylab, Houston through Tananarive
for 9 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston. This morning we upllnked
a pad that changed the still camera cue card change number 2.
We found some errors in this pad and if you haven't incorporated
that already, we'd like for you to hold off on it. If you
have we're going to have to send up a correction.
CDR Okay. It's already done, Hank.
CC Okay. I guess I can tell you what's
wrong with it, if you've got a minute to listen.
CDR Sure. Go ahead.
CC Okay. The problem was, in telling you
how to put the whole rig together there, I guess you already
knew it_ but when you used the Wratten filter, which you have
to use with all the IRfilm Wratten number 12, when you use that
with a 300_millimeter lens_ you've got to use the step-down
ring, 72 to 52 millimeters and that does cause a little
edge vignetting. But I think you already knew that. But the
big error was in how to focus this thing. It wasn't very
clear in that pad and it was contrary to what we had told
you yesterday. What we told you yesterday, is correct.
For infinity focus you set the infinity mark over the red dot on
the lens. In fact, the 135-, the 300- and the 35-millimeter
lens is what your standard commercial lens is. So always
focus for IR film by putting the setting over the little
red dot. And of course, there you can get interior
shots if you - I think you notice already and from your training.
But if you focus, say, at 4 feet, using the eyeball, then you'd
have to move the little 4-foot settings over to the red
dot to get the correct IR focus. And the only one that's
different from that is the 55-millimeter lens, which you will
be, or could use on an optional photo comin_ up at 20:40.
The 55-millimeter lens doesn't have a red dot. It has an
R with a little dot over it. And that's the thing you use
to focus for an IR scan (?) that lens,
CDR Okay, Hank. Thanks a lot. l_m sure
that would have been a source of confusion the first time
we tried to use it.
CC CDR, Houston. One other thing I ought
to add. That pad change we sent up indicates that you can
use the light meters and get a focus - or get a shutter speed
setup. That's not absolutely correct. The -if you use the
light meter you're going to be about 1 -3/4 stops off.
So we - The correct thing to do would be to use the settings
that are called out in the table.
SL-IV MC-1985/2
Time: 13:07 CDT, 57:18:07 GMT
1/11/74
CDR Okay, Hank. We_ll do it that way.

CC Skylab_ Houston. We're about to go over
the hill here in about a minute or so. We_ll see you again
in 17 minutes at Honeysuckle, 18:35.
CDR Roger. So long.
PAO This is Skylab Control. LOS at voice
relay station Tananarive. 15 minutes to the next station,
which is Honeysuckle Creek, Australia, at which time we'll
return. 18:21 GMT, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1986/I
Time: 13:33 CDT, 57:18:33 GMT
1/11/74
PAO This is Skylab Control; 18:34 Greenwich

mean time. 50 seconds to acquisition at Honeysuckle Creek,
Australia_ The parallel entry simulation for Skylab-IV,
stepping ahead in simulated time to February 8 has been
completed. All the displays and clocks in Mission Control
have reverted back to normal support in actual time of
Skylab-IV Mission. Honeysuckle Creek coming up in about
20 seconds and we're standing by.
CC Skylab, Houston through Honeysuckle
for 5-1/2 minutes.
CDR (Garble) Hank.
CC Skylab, Houston. Could we have your
DAS to uplink some momentum bias?
CDR You can have it.
CDR Hankp the EREP tape remaining is 4.3
centlmeters_
CC Roger, copy, 4.3.
LOS. We_ll see you in about 15 minutes at Hawaii at 55.
PAO This is Skylab Control. Space station
Skylab has gone over the horizon from Honeysuckle Creek,
Australia and is midway through revolution 3496. Station is
Hawaii in 13 minutes. And at 18:42 Greenwich mean time,
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1987/I
Time: 13:54 CDT, 57:18:54 GMT
1/11/74

mean time. Acquisition in 40 seconds at tracking station
Hawaii and we'll stay up for the following stateside pass -
all the way through - all the way through LOS Madrid for a
total of about 35 minutes - 37 minutes. We're standing by
for AOS Hawaii.
CC Skylab, Houston through Hawaii for 6-1/2
minutes.
SPT Roger, Hank.
CC SPT, Houston. For info, we see less than
2 minutes of tape remaining on the VTR.
SPT (Garble)
CC CDR, Houston. You've got an M092 coming
up later this evening and I have a comment I need to get to
you prior - to you right whenever it's convenient.
CDR We're listening.
CC Okay. It's in regard to leg band Charlie
Juliet. Just a reminder to cal it to a setting of 2.5 and
this applies to all the runs using leg bands Charlie Juliet.
We sent up a message on mission day 54 with this change and we
noticed that the run that you've had since then, you used the
earlier value. We'd like to get the 2.5 value in the rest of
the cal runs.
CDR Okay. Charlie Juliet 2.5.
CC That's correct. Thank you.
SPT Hank, I have about 1/3 of the runs on
the TV i01 on the tape plus the introduction you may want to
dump that and I'll pick up some more today whenever we can have
the VTR back.
CC Okay. We copy, Ed. Thank you very much
and we will start dumping that here at Goldstone.
SPT Thank you.
CC And for info, Ed, we should be able to
clean off about i0 minutes of it during this stateside pass.
So after our comus pass, you should have i0 minutes
available if you want to do something.
SPT Okay. I've got a AT_ coming up here
and I'll see what I can do after that.
CC Now that you mention ATM, I might give
you an update here. NOAA has reported three type 3 radio
bursts within - well, since 18:45. I guess the last one
occurred at 18:45.
SPT Hank, you may want to query people in the
backroom for S052. I'll be spring loaded to do a shopping
list item 24 any time today they know that thpe 3 is going on.
So if they want to call it, I'll go into that mode.
SL-IV MC1987/2
Time: 13:54 CDT, 57:18:54 GMT
1/11/74
CC Okay. We'll run that by then.

CC Skylab, Houston. We're about i minute
from LOS. We'll see you at Goldstone in about 2 minutes
and we plan to dump the voice recorder there.
CC Skylab, we'll be dumping the voice re-
corder here at Goldstone.
SPT Roger, Hank.
CC SPT, Houston. In answer to your question
regarding the shopping list item 24. The way we're working
that, we can't tell what's going on. You've got the best
view. We just tell you that we have seen the type 3 radio
bursts and then at your option to run the shopping list 24, based
on what you see.
SPT Okay, Hank. It was my understanding
in discussing with the people before we left was that we're
looking for fairly rapid transients which might be fairly
faint and that they might show up on their film or they wouldn't
show up on the TV here. Rapid transients the only way we
can detect them was with type 3 radio bursts, and I would
have to know when one was actually in progressing in order
to start the sequence.
SPT If they'd like Hank I would be glad to
give them that particular shopping item for 2 minutes, just
on the speculation that we might be seeing something. But
they might want to wait till we actually know we have a
type 3 in p_ogress.
CC We're discussing it here now Ed. I'ii
get right back with you.
CC Okay here is the way we would like to
do it Ed is as you suggested. If - if we see one in
progress or think one is in progress we'll give you the
go ahead and you can run the shopping list 24. But we
have no way of telling all we do is pick up burst. And
we have no way of telling what's really going on. And the
best way to do it would be on a real-time basis.
SPT Okay Hank. Or if they come very
frequently to and we have not gotten one we may want to
take a speculation that there's one in progress that we
haven't been able to coordinate up till then.
SPT I'ii wait for your call.
CC Okay.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1988/I
TIME: 14:09 CDT, 57:19:09 GMT
1/11/74
CC Skylab, Houston; we're l,minute from

LOS. We'll see you again at Bermuda in 4 minutes at 19:17.
CC Skylab, Houston; through Bermuda 6 minutes.
SPT Roger, Hank. Are you ready for the TV
downlink?
CC Okay, we're stand by ready to take it.
SPT Houston, SPT.
CC Go ahead, we got about i minute, Ed.
SPT Okay, were they ready for the TV down-
link?
CC That's affirmative. Didn't you get our
call?
SPT Negative, you must have dropped out. I
been giving up XUV monitor intergration. And also we got
some white light coronagraphs, so they want to - they got
what they're after though.
CC Okay, we copy. We're about 30 seconds
from LOS. We'll see you again at Canaries at 26; that's
about 3-1/2 minutes.
PAO Skylab Control; loss of signal through
tracking station Bermuda. Getting reacquisition through
Canary Islands. Madrid station is down for this pass even
though it does overlap slightly the tracking coverage of
Canary Islands. Standing by here the early part of revolution
3497 for space station Skylab.
CC Skylab, Houston; through Canaries for
7 minutes. And we need the DAS for a minute.
CDR You got it.
SPT Hank, we still have that material which
is above the surface of the radius of 250, seeing H-alpha i, 20
arc-seconds off the limb in the diffuse material which we
talked about this morning. However, it has changed shape.
There are still two elements to it; one has an arch a very
small arch to it, and - in H-alpha, and the other is pretty
much of a trapezoidal shape. I cannot see anything connecting
it to the surface, however. It may very well be a - a
pzominence but it certainly has no where near the appearence
that I've seen before. However, it's very static being there
for 2 or 3 hours now. And we'll just keep an eye on it from
here on out.
CC Roger, we copy, Ed.
SPT Hank, do we now have around i0 minutes
on the VTR?
CC We only got about 8 minutes cleaned off
Ed, you got about 8 minutes available.
SPT Okay, Hank I'ii go ahead and try to use
it. Thank you.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-1989/I
Time: 14:30 CDT, 57:19:30 GMT
1/11/74

LOS. We'll see you again at Tananarive in 14 minutes at
19:48.
CDR Roger, Hank.
PAO Skylab space station now out of range
of the Canary Island tracking ship - trackin_ station, excuse
me, Next acquisition will be through Tananarive in Ii minutes.
At Greenwich mean time 19 hours 36 minutes, this is Skylab
Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1990/I
Time: 14:46 CST, 57:19:46 GMT
1/11/74
PAO Greenwich mean time time 19 hours 47

minutes. Space station Skylab is 48 seconds away from voice
acquisition at the Tananarive tracking site. Commander Jerry
Carr should be eating his lunch right now. Science Pilot
Gibson is at the ATM C&D console. And Pilot Bill Pogue is
preparing for the S183 experiment this afternoon. We'll hold
the line up for this voice-only pass.
CC Skylab, Houston, through Tananarive 3
minutes,
CC Skylab, Houston, i minute to LOS. Wet11
see you at Honeysuckle at 20:ii_ that's 19 minutes from now.
PAO Skylab now out of range of the voice relay
station at Tananarive, Next acquisition will be Honeysuckle
Creek in 16 minutes. At that time we expect Commander
Jerry Carr and Pilot Bill Pogue to be involved in medical
experiments_ Commander Carr will be the operator for the
MO92/MI71, and Bill Pogue will be the subject. For today's
experiment, Commander Carr will take infrared pictures of
Bill Pogue_s face with infrared film. At 19 hours and
55 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-1991/I
Time: 15:09 CDT 57:20:09 GMT
1/11/74
PAO Skylab Control, 20 hours i0 minutes

Greenwich mean time. Space station Skylab is now 45 seconds
from acquisition through Honeysuckle Creek. We'll keep the
line up for this pass.
CC Skylab, Houston through Honeysuckle for
9 minutes.
CC SPT, Houston. We've noticed on telemetry

an increase in X-REA, and our stations are clouded over down
here. We're wondering how it looks up there?
SPT Okay, Hank, I was just going to get to
you. The beryllium aperture position is still down at 4.
We don't have any change there. The PMEC is up around 400,
but again I can't tell whether I'm in the anomaly. Hold on
our image intensity count though, was around i0 to 15p which is a
little b±t higher than what we_ve been seeing. But I don_t
see any bright points in the XUV monitor with the persistent
image scope. We do notice though, some surging out on the
llmb, and stand by just a moment, please.
CC You're not in the anomaly.
SPT Are we in a Horn?
CC That's negative. You're Just coming up over
Honeysuckle, in fact you're off the coast of Australia now.
SPT Okay, Hank. I do not see anything in the
UV monitor or the X_REA which would indicate that we have
something going on on the llmb. I do see H-alpha though.
Some more of the surging which we have seen earlier this
morning, The faint feature which is the - which is above the
llmb, which I described this morning is a little above
240 - or 250, maybe 253 or so, 20 arc_seconds off the llmb
and still there. It's changed shape slightly. The region
which surged earlier this morning at 250 and climbed 45 degrees
to the horizontal going south has got a small amount of surging
again, although it's not reaching anywhere near as far as it did
before. It's only around 10 degrees_ or i0 arc-seconds off
the llmb. Around to 230, and 240 we see some material coming
straight off the llmb and then curving south. It goes up
around i0 to 15 arc-seconds, then down at 230, we also see
some material, not anywhere near as dense however, which comes
off the limb and curves north. It looks as though it could
be the foot of a promlmence, but there's nothing in between
the two_ SO I_ll -
CC Break Ed, web're going LOS now, and we'll
see you at Hawaii at 31.
PAO Space station Skylab now out of range of
the tracking antenna at Honeysuckle Creek. Next acquisition
will be through Hawaii in almost i0 minutes. Just short of
an hour from now Science Pilot Ed Gibson is scheduled for an
SL IV MC-1991/2
Time: 15:09 CDT 57:20:09 GMT
1/11/74
ATM conference with Astronaut Bill Lenoir. That's at 21:11

Greenwich mean time over the tracking site at Ascension.
Commander Cart and Bill Pogue still involved in MO92/MI71
medical experiments, ThatVs the lower body negative
pressure device, and the metabolic analyzer and bicycle
ergometer. At Greenwich mean time 20 hours 21 minutes,
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1992/I
Time: 15:30 CDR 57:20:30 GMT
1/11/74
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time

20 hours 30 minutes. Space station is now approaching
acquisition through the tracking site in Hawaii. We'll
have a pass over stateside through Goldstone and then
over Canada picking it back up again through Bermuda.
We'll hold the line up, expect air-to-ground in about
30 seconds from now.
CC Skylab, Houston, through Hawaii for
9_i/2 minutes_
SPT Hank, let me tell you what happen after
you went over the hill. I was watching the XUV monitor
as we were doing the MIRROR AUTO RASTERs on 55. And there
was not a sudden point brightening but the active region 17
on the limb became relative bright over the course of about
a minute or a minute and a half. And I moved over when
we first started seeing it just to get a better look at
it in H-alpha i. And we had a point brightening in
H-alpha 1 also. I started the experiments in the flare
mode, that was at around 18:25. The PMEC was 400 and going
up, it eventually reached around 600. The oxygen 6 count
when we first got over there was around 30,000, new looking
more like 12. In starting we gave 82A a wavelength short
20 seconds, 82B two sequences of wavelength short times
one,quarter. It did not really appear to me to be a full
fledge flare on the way up, so I did not go into the flare
modes with those two instruments. Fifty-five got the
MIRROR LINE SCAN which you are still looking at, 56 auto
short, about 6 minutes, and 54 will start immediatly with
an MFIH 64 Csic_ ........
It would now come out of that mode.
CC Good show Ed. We copied that.
SPT Hank what would proposed to do is to
sit on this region for the remainder here in a building
block 24. And it's forward the end going back to Sun center
and getting a standard mode for 52.
CC Roger Ed, and we concur with that.
SPT Hank there were to be some changes
comin_ up on the flare wait for the various experiments.
If there is anyone who would like to be operating at the
present time who is not, right now I only have 56 going
in a AUTO, LONG r
MCC (Garble)
SPT - -and 55 in the MIRROR LINE SCAN. If
there any other instruments that would like to be operating
go ahead and do that.
CC Stand by, Ed.
CC SPT, Houston, we got blocked somehow
SL-IV MC1992/2
Time: 15:30 CDT 57:20:30 GMT
1/11/74
on - on part of your last transmission. Would you say

again what you have on now and what you suggest.
SPT Okay Rank, we have 56 going in a
AUTO, LONG. 55's in a MIRROR LINE SCAN which crosses the region
which is still enhanced. And the other instruments right
now are just configured for a flare wait. Are there any
other instruments that would like to be operating.
CC Okay, stand by a bit Ed, and we'll
get you an answer.
SPT Thank you.
CC SPT, Houston_ we llke the configuration
you're in right now.
SPT Okay, thank you Hank. We started out
right at this region with our first MIRROR AUTO RASTER, so
we got to look at it before we got the point brightening.
Hank, Just around l0 to 15 arc seconds south of the point
brightening, which is really in H-alpha which is really
a linear strip of brightening and runs maybe i0 arc seconds
or so parallel to the limb. Right at the limb in
H-alpha we have a surge emerging. It's building going
out to around 20 arc seconds now however but it's bright
at the base as is the H-alpha plage, so I expect it may grow.
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-1993/I
Time: 15:39 CDT 57:20:39 GMT
1/11/74
SPT Hank, that was a good call on the X-REA.

As you know, I don't have that readout up here_ What did it
_et up to? How close was it to bubbling over to aperture
position 3?
CC Okay, it got up to 4400_ Ed, which is very
close to the bump-over point. And we're about 50 seconds
from LOS. Out next site is Goldstone at 43. And that's
about 3 minutes.
SPT Thank you.
CC And Skylab, for info, we've started re-
winding the VTR, and we're going to need it for the rest of
the day to get dumped everything that's on there now.
SPT Okay Hank. Appreciate the folks that
are interested in TV-101 to take a look at it tonight and give
me some suggestions for the work tomorrow. I still have
quite a few things lined up, but their input would be useful.
CC Okay. We'll see what we can do, Ed.
PAO Space station Skylab now less than 2
minutes away from reacquisition through Goldstone. Ed Gibson
commenting on active region 17 on the Sun's east limb.
Apparently some surge of activity in that bright spot. Flight
Director Charles Lewis has indicated that he will be ready
for a change.of-shift briefing at 4:15 central daylight time
in the briefing room in Building I. That's about 32 minutes
from now. We'll hold the line up for Skylab through Goldstone
in about 1 minute.
CC Skylab, Houston through Goldstone for
6_i/2 minutes.
CC CDR, Houston. Earlier today, I made a
comment about scheduling the private comms earlier in the day
to take the pressure off of low pass coverage we have in the
evening. Let me ask you another question. We got a discussion
going over here what's acceptable or not, you know, we try
not to bother you during the last hour of the work day with
business. Would that be an acceptable time for a private
phone call, or would you rather hold it out of that period
too?
CDR Negative. That would be just fine. We've
had several in that period already.
CC Okay. We eopyp and that takes a little
pressure off,
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about i minute
from LOS now. We'll see you again at Bermuda at 54.
PAO Space station Skylab now just west of
Lake Superior over Canada, We'll have reacquisition in about
SL IV MC-1993/2
Time: 15:39 CDT 57:20:39 GMT
1/11/74
3-1/2 minutes through Bermuda. Tracking display here in

Mission Control has changed colors indicating the imminent
takeover by Flight Controller Don Puddy and his team, in-
eluding Spacecraft Communicator Bob Crippen. Off-_oing Flight
Director Charles Lewis will hold a change-of-shift briefing
in the Building i Briefing Room in 25 minutes at 4:15. At
Greenwich mean time 20 hours 50 minutes, this is Skylab
Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1994/I
Time: 15:53 CDT, 57:20:53 GMT
1/11/74
PAO Space station Skylab now 30 seconds away

from acquisition through the tracking station at Bermuda,
We'll hold the line up for this pass. There'll be a brief
pause and then wetll reacqnire through Canary Island.
CC Skylab, Houston, through Bermuda for
9 minutes.
SPT We've not seen too much in the way of

XUV activity. It must have subsided there oxygen 6 count
had gone down to around 8,000. The surge which now appears
as a 84 arc second band, extending out, growing fainter, it's
climbed 45 degrees again. And it goes out to around 30 arc
seconds now, The faint material which was discussed before
is still hanging about 30 arc seconds above the limb - 20 arc
seconds above the limb. And the MIRROR LINE SCAN is
crossing that, so if there are any changes in it I'm sure that's
going to pick it up.
CC Okay, we copy, Ed.
SPT Hank, I_ve just about concluded that
that material we're looking at is a prominence, although it's
fairly high off the limb, I do not see any feet to it, but
itts awfully stable so that must be what it is.
CC We copy.
CC Skylah, Houston, wet re 1 minute from
LOSt The next site is Canaries at 05, We'll he handing
over to the crimson team there, enjoyed working with you
today. See you tomorrow.
SPT Good talking wlt_ you Kank_ and the bronze
boys. Talk to you tomorrow.
CDR We_ll see you Hank,
CC So long.
PAO Space station Skylab now out of range
of the tracking antenna at Bermuda, Change-of-shift takeover
completed here in Mission Control, as Don Puddy and
Spacecraft Communicator Bob Crippen take over from Charles
Lewis and Hank Hartsfield. Charles Lewis is on his way over
to the Building 1 briefing room right now. We_ll be recording
the Canary Island, Ascension airrto-ground so we can bring
you the press conference. Today's ATM conference is scheduled
in about 6 minutes over Ascension wlth Bill Lenoir. We'll
play that back for you later. At Greenwich mean time 21
hours 4 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-1995/I
Time: 16:27 CDT 57:21:27 GMT
1111/74

Greenwich mean time. Space station Skylab is now almost
directly over Capetown, South Africa. We'll have acquisition
through Carnarvon in about 15 minutes and 45 seconds. We
have 15 minutes of recorded air-to-ground, which took place
over Canary Island and Ascension. And that includes the ATM
conference with Bill Lenoir. We'll go straight from the
recorded air,to,ground to the live air,to-ground at Carnarvon.
CC Good afternoon Skylab, The crimson crew
is with you. We're talking to you through Canary right now
and the total pass is going to be about 15-1/2 minutes, of
which Bill Lenolr is going to take the the last portion.
SPT The golden voice of the crimson tripper.
How are you today.
CC Not very golden. I don't know whether
Hank told you, hut l've been sitting in here doing - we're
trying to practice up so we'll know how to bring you guys back.
We need a little of that too.
Cc Tell you what we - it was obvious we did
too .
SPT You been running with the CMS?
CC Yes sir,
SPT Backup guys in there.
CC Rog_ Rog. All doing good work.
SPT They always do. -
CC Must say they came in wrong end. (Laughter)
Wrong end forward but that was another story.
SPT Save that one for the sims.
CC Rog. Now, we figured that Vance had had
plenty of practice flying the entry, so we just knocked it off,
and - and it doesn't do well if you leave it unminded.
CC Ed, if you're sitting there with
time on your hands, I got Bill sitting over here with time on
his, wanting to get away reallyp I think. And - and you guys
could ahead and conduct your conference.
SPT Hello Bill, Go ahead. I was just debriefing
this past one on the recorder, so I might as well talk real time.
Go ahead,
MCC Okay. Good. Don't let me cut you short
of a good debriefing there. As you know, right at the end
of the orbit here you were getting another flare, and it looks to
us llke it's a _ well, I shouldn't yet; it looked like it's
in the C range anyhow. We'll trying be to get some word to you
as to what it was before I hang up here. Other than that I
don't have much to add about the Sun because I'm sure you're
much more aware of what%s going on than I am, being up there
seein_ it in real time.
SL IV MC-1995/2
Time: 16:27 CDT 57:21:27 GMT
1/11/74
SPT At what time did you tick off that rise?

MCC It was right at the - it was still
climbing when the doors closed.
SPT That's the way it always works. Time in
a row now, not in a row, but the third time since we've been
up here on that.
MCC Yes, and it apparently was C-2 or better, and
it started at about a minute before the doors closed. That's
the actual rise out of the mud.
MCC Okay. Well, maybe we'll be catching some
more of those here. I don't have too much to say about to-
day's plan. The flares are obviously altering what we've done.
On the next orbit, there's a microlimb scan for 82B is really
what that is put together doing, at a plus 20 and minus 2 from
the limb. This morning on the BB-2S, the 56 operations, I
had a question as to whether that was confusing to you or
whether you intentionally did it the way you did. And we
don_t really have an argument there, but if we're confusing
you, we want make sure we do something to not do it. The
buildlng block 23p as it's set up, you do a sequence of different
kinds of 56 operations, and then a single frame lonR, and we
gave you the data for that. We noticed what we got was a
long single frame for the orbit, and we're wondering if that
was intentional on your part or whether we did something
to confuse yon.
SPT No. Apparently I misinterpreted the
building block there, Bill. I thought that it was a change
on their part and they only put in one exposure, but I just
d_dn_t read all the way across there. I guess I was too
busy looking at some of the other things we had going on
here.
MCC Okay. No problem. We just wanted to
make sure we didn't do something confusing there. And to
clarify something that's probably already been clarified,
enough_ we pass yon up all the information that we get on
th_ngs such as type 3 radial bursts, In the case of type 3's
generall_ speaking, it's old enough t_at we're not terribly
interested in _t. If it is a young enough occurrence, we
will say go into - we will recommend going into shopping
list 24, so in the absence of t_at_ you can assume that it's
old enough that it's not of Smmediate interest right now.
SPT Okay. I Just wanted to let people know
that we are spring,loaded. At least I've worked it over
quite a b_t. Sprin_loaded to go into that mode, so any time
we're Sun centered or they wish I would go Sun center, pick
off some of that data, we can go ahead and do it. And it
calls for elt_er a 24 or a 25, depending upon what level
SL IV MC-1995/3
Time: 16:27 CDT 57:21:27 GMT
1/11/74
of intensity they think they might see.

MCC Right, and Crip's got a comment for you
now.
CC _og_ Actually this is down for def.

We need you to - We need you to check the electrodes on Bill,
there, it looks like the data is getting kind of ratty on
the PCG and LA and RA and fine places.
SPT Crip, you cut out as soon as you started.
Would you please repeat that please?
CC Rog. Sorry about that. We had a handover
there. Just want Jer to check the electrodes on Bill. PCG
data is coming in kind of ratty and llke you to check
electrodes LA and RA for us please.
CDR Okay. We%ll ckec_ tkem, We got real
good impedence tests on them all through the tests and we
just got finished doing one for M0 _ for MI71, but I'll
check them,
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1996/I
Time: 16:33 CDT 57:21:33 GMT
1/11/74
CC -the electrodes on Bill VCG data is coming

in kind of ratty. And I'd like you to check electrodes
LA and RA for us please.
CDR Okay_ we'll check them. We got real
good impedence tests on them all through the test. And we
just got finished doing one for M0 - MI71, but I'ii check
them.
CC Okay, if you can please.
MCC Okay, Ed I'm back with you with a couple
of instrument comments. Obviously from the tests the other
day the PRS from 82B is no go. And we will not be using it
for the dur remainder of the mission. On the 52 special
procedure to optimize their pointing. We'll be scheduling
that once a day and we_ll do it the way we've done it
yesterday and today_ and the way we've already done it for
tomorrow. By putting the words in as to where to go in the
book and everything. We will not necessarily be constraining
that to be done by you. But to be done by whoever happens
to be at the panel at the time. And if you think of a
better way of handling the scheduling and the aiming of the
crewmen to the appropriate part in the checklist, let us
know. And that is something you just might think over the
next couple of days.
SPT One thing you may want to do, I guess
it depends upon what your objectives are in doing that
however. You may want to just figure out where those fine
Sun sensor readouts are sufficient. I noticed that in left/
right it's around minus 45 seems to do it for most of the time
for me. In the up/down we really don't have to change. If
the Sun sensor drift going to get to you we might be able to
save it a little time and make it a little easier that way.
However, that's - it's not necessary if they feel they (comm
bleeped out) in my eyeball every time.
MCC Okay, we_ll look at that, and see if
it looks like that is good enough and let you know. Then
some more reporting here on the ATM time inputs that you and
Jerry, and Bill had. And also the input for getting you in
particular more of the given ATM time. We went to the science
planning meeting and made as strong an input as we possible
could for the schedule that we wanted including your
recommendation as a solar physicist in space and so on.
And we'll be getting as much as we can possibly get weighing
off our input versus the other experiments - the corollaries
the EREP and so on. So the flight plans that you will be
looking at will have about as much ATM in them as we can
schedule into them within the conflicts of EREP and other
SL-IV MC1996/2
Time: 16:33 CDT 57:21:33 GMT
1/11/74
experiments. Any _ don_t hesitate to criticize us on our

scheduling point of view or the flight planning or anything
because, of course_ that helps us and we're not hesitating to
criticize you on any of the things that you're doing. Although
we haven't found much lately to holler about. On the aspect -
SPT Bill, a point there We certainly feel ATM
deserves a good amount of time, but then on the other hand
we don't want to feel that EREP or medicals or some of the
other worthwhile things that we are doing up here should
be really cut back severely i_ order to do it. We think
they're all good things. We just felt that the ATM deserved
a little more emphasis than they were getting.
MCC Okay and that _s pretty much the way
we interpreted it. Now a couple of other thoughts here
on you in particular getting more of the ATM time that we
get. We've got the guidelines here and the flight planners
to the extent that essentially, the SPT will be scheduled for
ATM wherever it's at all possible. And again that may not
be as much as you asked for which is essentially was
one orbit for Jerry, one for Bill and the rest for you.
Because of a bunch of conflicts. And I think generally
when you look at the schedule you can see what the problem
was. There are a couple of things that might enable us to
give you an extra pass or two of the ones that we do get,
and I wanted to talk to you about those, On - one thing
was l_ke we%re doing tomorrow, now, wetil be getting you up
early for the JOP 9, Mainly because that's the only place the
three consecutive orbits fit. I should say 19. There is a
question, and you had brought it up yourself - the
possibility of getting up early. There is frequently the
first orbit of the day which occurs shortly after you
nominally get up, like 30 minutes afterwards. That is
usually not scheduled for manned operations. That's one
possibility for getting not only more time for you but more
for ATM. And IVm not asking for a decission now or l'm
not even pressuring you to say yes. l_m just making you
aware of the possibilities here. One thing though is we
certainly don_t want you to overdo anything and get yourself
into a hole and wind up getting tired. Another possibility
is within our given flight planning constraints now we
cannot schedule you or anyone really_ for consecutive ATMs with
an eat period in between, just because 30 minutes is not
the 40 minnte requirement that we have. That's another
possibil_ty is to relax that or to just go ahead and take
10 minutes less ATM panel time. Or one th_ng that was
mentioned was apparently in SL_II, Pete frequently ate at
SL-IV MC1996/3
Time: 16:33 CDT 57:21:33 GMT
1/11/74
the ATM panel. And I'm not sure exactly how he worked out,
out, but that's another possibility that would enable you
to get more of the given ATM time than we're able to schedule
right now with our constraints. We
SPT Okay, I wasn't even aware , Bill, that
you were working to that constraint. For me personally
that's no problem. Maybe we ought to talk it over a little
bit more amon_ all of us. But no problem, expecially today
it takes 5 minutes to put in a crispy bar.
CDR Bill, this is Jerry. I agree with Ed
on that. I dontt think we ought to hold it 40 minutes in
the case where you got back-to-back ATM passes like that. I
think we can work around that.
MCC Okay, there whispering here in my ear
that 30 minutes is the right number for meals and not 40.
But as I think about it even 30 is not quite enough with
power up, power downs. So that you might want to rethink it
in that context.
CDR You can eat you main course down here
and bring you dessert or anything else up there with you,
and I think you can make that all right.
MCC Okay_ understand.
SPT _ _ I wish we knew we were working in that
constraint a long time ago. We mighZ have been able to get
some time. I never - never knew that was in there.
MCC Okay, well_ that's what I thought. There's
probably a lot of these things that you guys are not aware
of. I tried to ferret out all of the Jobs that the SPT only
can do. And l_ve looked at those and tried to decide how
real they are, and talk with Vance and Don about whether they
felt that anybody else could do those. And we're looking
at all the flight planning from that point of view as what
t_±ngs you're scheduled for and are they really - do they
require you. And we're hoping that you do the same thing.
With respect to looking over your flight plans and seeing
how they're scheduled. And if you see a point where
you guys could swap out ATMs for heaven sake _ we assume you
are goinK to let us know.
SPT Yeah, Jerry's been real good at that
so far and we have worked a couple of swaps.
MCC Okay and we_ll be doing the best we can
on getting ATM as much time as it merits. And we'll be
doing the best we can at getting you in particular Ed as
much ATM as we can possibly schedule. Okay one last thought
here unless you had some more points on that is a little bit
of building block 24 talk.
SL-IV MC1996/4
Time: 16:33 CDT 57:21:33 GMT
1/11/74
SPT No go ahead on that.

MCC Okay, probably the easiest way to talk this
if you've got it convenient is to pull out S16 of the JOP summary
sheets on JOP 3 Bravo and let's look at BB-24.
CDR Could I interject a side comment here. I
wonder how Bill -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1997/I
Time: 16:41 CDT, 57:21:4; GMT
1/11/74
MCC talk.
SPT No, go ahead on that.
MCC Okay, probably the easiest way to talk
is if you've got it convenient, is to pull out S16 of the
JOP Summary Sheets on JOP 3 Bravo and let's look at BB-24.
CDR Could I interject a side comment here? We
wonder how Bill's electrodes look now.
CC They're looking good now, Jer.
CDR Okay, thanks.
MCC And while you're digging that out, Ed,
let me just tell you there's a minute, 20 seconds to LOS
here_ Carnarvon is next in 24_i/2 minutes, which is about
21:45,
SPT In front of me, Bill_ go akead.

MCC Okay, basically the concept - you should
tonight now receive an officiai change. And don't write
anything in it until you get it. But_ basically it's going
to change the 82 Alfa exposure from 40 to 20, which was an
omission when we changed all the others, we should have gotten
that one. And it's going to add another option for 55A, in
particular the option of a mini_MAR. Now_ and that's the hard
change. Everything else is words that I just want to talk to
you about on the operation of BB-24. 82A and B, we'd llke
additional sequences as they have scheduled, preinltiation of
BB_24 and post wherever it fits. Similarly, 55 we'd like
mini-MARs wherever they can and all of these are within the
constraint that this should be on a non-interference basis
with the original intent the BB_24. And, obviously that in-
volves time looking at monitors and so on. And then at any - -
SPT What was the - You mentioned 55 and what
was the first instrument you talked about?
MCC 82A and 82B.
SPT Oh, okay. Yes, I'd llke to get a feel for
what they would llke in terms of preflare data. We've always
been very - conserve film, and I'd llke to know to what degree
we can relax that_ even thouRh I_ve heard some words previously
about going on flares, but preflare_s something else.
MCC Okay_ according tO our clock here, we're
over the hZll. Sop we're going to talk again at 9:30 central
time in the morning, 14:30 or there abouts. Let me pick this
topic up again then. I_ll see you tomorrow.
SPT Okay, one other thing if you would.
Roll orientation like today we had a reasonable one. I
thought with a mirror line scan was goin_ out into the
corona, if we do their mini-MAR - best done if we are to
the horizontal cross hair tangent to the limb. And they ought
to think about the conflicts there in the 82 operation.
MCC Okayp thanks e lot,
PAO Skylab Controlp at 21 hours 43 minutes
SL-IV MC1997/2
Time: 16:41 CDT, 57:21:41 GMT
1/11/74
Greenwich mean time. We're through with the playback of

our recorded air-to-ground from the preceeding pass over
the Canary Islands and Ascension,
CC Skylah_ Houston_ we'_re AOS Carnarvon.
And we have you for 9 minutes. And SPTp Houston_ Ed, if
you have an opportunity this pass we need to make a
modification to the fine maneuver for the S180 _ 83 K
maneuver coming up, get you to change a nuZ.
CC Skylab, Houston_ we have a keyhole
coming up here in about 15 seconds. And I'ii call you when
we're out of it.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're cleared of the
keyhole now. We've still got you for about 6-1/2 more minutes.
And for the SPT, if it's inconvenient to get the pad change on
during this pass I've got you at Guam in about 12-1/2
minutes from now_ we can get it there.
SPT Let's get it at that time_ Crip. I'm
just setting up the instruments.
CC Yes slr.
CDR $ay_ Cr_p_ I got some comments on
scheduling time.
CC 0kay_ Jer_ be glad to copy them, go
ahead.
CDR Okay, Hank asked this morning if there
was any way - if we had any shaving to do on any of the
medicals. And Bill and I just finished a M092/NI71 and
in an hour and 40 minutes, and that _s from when he starts
taking his clothes off to get ready and to get instrumented
to the point where I'm just finished swabbing out the MA
hose. And I don't see how we can cut that down much
shorter without rushing so fast we start making mistakes.
We were going at a good speed and looking good there. So
I don_t think you should schedule less than an hour and
45 minutes for that pair of runs. But, that _ assume now
that Bill_s going to get another 15 minutes assigned or
the subject will to clean himself up, because it takes a
good 15 minutes to clean up after something llke that. So
what it looks like as you can run the observer for an
hour and 45 minutes and the - the subject for 2 hours.
CC Okay, we copy that. And you feel that
that's adequate amount of time in case things, you know,
don't go quite so smoothly too.
CDR Well, t_at only gives us about a 5 or
7 minute cushion in the event we have a problem, And if
we have a problem we're just going to have to take up the
slack somewhere else in the schedule,
CC Okay, copy that, And we'll reflect that
in the future scheduling then.
SL-IV MC1997/3
Time: 16:41 CDT, 57:21:41 GMT
1/11/74
CDR Okay, on the M092/93, I guess we'll have

to think about that a little bit more, but I think we can
get through that in an hour and 15 minutes easy enough. So
let's start scheduling that way, on the M092/93.
CC Okay, do you want us to also add that
Delta time for the PH for the subject?
CDR Yeah, I think you better. You know_ if
nothing else he_s got to get dressed to get ready to go to
the next place he_s going to. And the times l_m giving you
are from when he starts undressing until he's done and ready
to start either dressing or do his PH.
CC Okay, we've got thatp and so noted.
SPT Hey, Cripp for the ATM ops what I'm doing
here is doing the limb LB8 and LB9, so forth, in the
position where we had the brightening on the previous orbit.
So I'm going through the nominal program which is called
out but at that position which turned out to be a roll of
minus 1248 rather than a roll of 1400, If they'd like it at
1400 would you please tell me?
CC We'll check it for you.
SPT Thank you.
CC And for the CDR. Jet, one thing I want to - -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1998/I
Time: 16:50 CDT, 57:21:50 GMT
1/11/74
J
SPT - - 1400, would you please tell me?

CC We'll check it for you.
SPT Thank you.
CC And for the CDR. Jer, one thing I want to
make sure we are certainly happy with the work that you guys
been accomplishing and you've really been getting efficient.
And in no way are we trying to you know, pressure yon or cajole
into shortening up those times. And we -if you feel comfortable
with what you Just gave us then fine, if you don't feel real
comfortable with it well, what you're doing right now is
certainly adequate.
CDR Okay, well the thing is Crip. I_d like
you to know Just how long it takes us to do things. But Qn the
other hand you can do us a favor_ by tossing in little bits
of blocks of time for housekeeping or whatever you want to
call it. Just call if open if you want to, because thatls
the times we're going to be able to pick up shopping list
items and things like that. And if we get scheduled right
to the hilt then we can't do any shopping list items. And
quite frankly, I think if you keep our shopping list full of
goodies of things to do_ we'll end up getting more science
per day working under that mode, than we will if we try to
scheduled everythimg right up to the hilt.
CC Okay - -
CDR I think we already demonstrated that the
last couple weeks.
CC Yeah, yo - you guys have been doing
fantastic especially going through the housekeeping tasks
and picking up those short items. And that was why I wanted
to make sure that you - you understood that we we were
certainly happy with those. But we've got it noted here and we'll
certainly try - to make sure that you got those cushion items
or cushion place in the schedule.
CDR Yeah, they really come in handy. And it's
good for our morale too, be able to stay ahead of you guys
instead of behind you.
CC I think you guys are always ahead of us.
At least you're ahead of the CAP COMM.
CDR Oh, I don't know about that.
CC And for Ed, we're satsified with what
you're doing. The rol - roll looks good llke you had it.
SPT Okay, thank you Crip. Has the plan changed
because of it?
CC Okay, tell you what. We got a handover
coming up here and it's not enough time. I'm going to ahead
we're about a minute from LOS. Guam in 6-1/2 minutes.
PAO Skylab Control 21 hours 54 minutes
Greenwich mean time. Space station is now out of range of
the tracking site at Honeysuckle. About 4-I/2 minutes away
from acquisition through Gum - Guam. Bob Crippen and Commander
SL-IV MC1998/2
Time: 16:50 CDT, 57:21:50 GMT
1/11/74
Carr interchanging thoughts on how long it takes to perform

the M092 medical experiment. Approximately 45 minutes was
agreed on. We're coming up on the second comet photography
of the day in just about 30 minutes. That's with the S183
camera, ultraviolet panorama camera. Principle Investigator
for that experiment is Dr. George Conrtes, Astrominioal Laborary
of Space in Marseille, France. Commander Carr is scheduled for
physical training and personal hygiene during this period.
And Science Pilot Ed Gibson is scheduled for housekeeping.
We'll leave the line up for the pass through Guam. At
Greenwich mean time 21 hours 55 minutes, this is Skylab
Control holding the line up. We're about i0 seconds away
from acquiring signal through Guam. This pass will run about
5-1/2 minutes. There'll be a brief pass and then we'll
reacquiring through Hawaii for _ another stateside pass to
include Goldstone, Texas, and MILA.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're AOS through Guam
now. We got you for about 6 minutes. And if it's convenient
Ed, I do need to give you this 183 K maneuver change.
SPT Okay, Crip, go ahead with it.
CC Rog, it's a change to the fine maneuver.
And it's - the numbers are as follows; for X, 51050; for Y,
51207; for Z, 50045. And if you'd like the decimal equivalents?
It's X of minus .40 degrees; Y of minus 1.35; and Z of plus
.37. If you got those and yon could read it back, we'd appreciate
it sir.
SPT Okay, Crip, just juggling the pencil
here. 5105 - 51050; 51207; 50045. Minus .40; minus 1.35 and
plus .37.
CC Okay, that's a good readback. Thank you.
SPT Thank you Crip.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC1999/I
Time: 17:01 CDT, 57:22:01 GMT
1/Ii/74
SPT Crip, I'd appreciate any word yon might

have on the flare that happened just as we were going around
the corner before. Our PMEC count is exceptionally low now
we're down near 200 - 150 or so. And I see no evidence of it
in H-alpha or XUV MON. At the beginning of the orbit, I think
it was Sun center and give 52 a STANDARD MODE. I found no
evidence there in - in the corona.
CC Okay, Ed, we'll - we'll try to get some
data on it.
SPT Thank you.
CC Understand you got a - got another one on
the rise there. And that was a - a Charlie 3.
SPT Okay, it must have been a short duration
one.
CC Rog. We're about 30 seconds from LOS in
7 minutes we'll have you over Hawaii at 22:12, 22:12. And
that's a real short pass, about a minute and a half. Following
that over the stateside this time is the - the med conference
at Goldstone, at 22:23.
SPT Thank you Crip, so long.
CC Bye-bye.
PAO Skylab Control 22 hours 6 minutes Greenwich
mean time. Space station is now out of range of the tracking
antenna at Guam. We'll reacquire signal in about 5 minutes
20 seconds through Hawaii. Earlier in the day, at Greenwich
mean time 16:10, Bill Pogue made a fairly interesting recording
on the data/voice indicated that he had taken several hand-
held shots over Mexico, some mountainous areas over Mexico.
And took three pictures of a developing storm system over the
Great Lakes. And he indicated that there were some interesting
airflow patterns and lake-associated cloud patterns. At
Greenwich mean time 22 hours 7 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE

Skylab 4 PAO Mission Commentary 20 of 32

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Descrição original:

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Skylab 4 PAO Mission Commentary 20 of 32

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

SL-IV MCI900/I

TIME: 10:41 CDT, 55:15:41 GMT

PAO Skylab Control at 15:41 Greenwich mean

CDR At 46, ALTIMETER is coming on.

CDR Okay. Coming up on 48:32. Stand by -

SPT MARK. S190 to AUTO.

An important role for the Skylah Earth resources

CC Roger. That one looked real good, Jerry,

CDR Beat you by a hair.

CDR Yeah. Glad we got it.

PAO Skylab Control at 16:10 Greenwich mean

PAO Skylab Control at 16:34 Greenwich mean

photos in the visible - correction, in the infrared and

PAO Skylab Control at 16:50 Greenwich mean time.

PAO Skylab Control at 17 hours 16 minutes

chief scientist, Ed Gibson has photographed chemical reactions

CC Skylab, Houston; hello at Madrid for

PAO Skylab Control at 18:00 Greenwich mean

PAO Skylab Control at 18:24 Greenwich mean

tomorrow. But one of the areas that you've mentioned over

CDR - - and, of course, we've done it now.

a problem of constraints that other things are requir -

SPT Hello, Bill.

CC - - we have about 4-1/2 minutes left here

of active regions is completed in the next 2 weeks, the

CDR Okay, Dick.

SPT Is that on the frame count Dick?

hurry on this, anytime this afternoon if you'll just let

PAO This is Skylab Control. The Skylab

PAO This is Skylab Control. We're bringing

up against the stops is something that arises from the fact

CC Skylab, Houston AOS Goldstone for

CC Skylab, Houston, Canary and Ascension

over the Continental United States. Down across the western

PAO This is Skylab Control. Skylab is

PAO This is Skylab Control at 21 hours 57

scan. We're at minus 40. Going to limb pointing. Okay,

CC SPT, Houston I guess that really concludes

we don't require any VTR to be done on this. I'd llke to

CC Okay, that's good information, thank you.

PAO This is Skylab Control. We're coming

PAO Skylab Control at 23 hours, 9 minutes

be doing a data/voice recorder dump there.

CC SPT, Houston, if you have a moment.

PAO This is Skylab Control. We're about

CC Great, I need one.

CDR Sure, go ahead.

CC Yeah, this - you're right it did run off

interest to determine whether roots grow up towards the

PAO Are as follows, he said there are some

PAO A minute away now from coming within

demonstration as is TV-I03. Now 104 is to demonstrate the

CC Skylab, Houston, we're AOS through Guam,

CC Okay, we got that. Could you roughly

PAO This is Skylab Control. Skylab coming

pass of the evening. Here in Mission Control the electrical

PAO This is Skylab Control, i minute away

tell me are they all essentially before the EREP?

PAO This is Skylab Control. That completes

PAO This is Skylab Control at 3 hours,

PAO Skylab Control at 13 hours 27 minutes

the pass over Bermuda. That would be about at 13:30. How-

PAO Skylab Control at 14 hours 12 minutes